Eric Lee / smarc-uboot

Download as
Browse Code ยป

Commit 87ebee39e9d02dba6d36d03d512e7d6e8a5a9abb

Authored by Simon Glass
Committed by Tom Rini
1 parent 1fe7d93891
Exists in master and in 53 other branches 8qm-imx_v2020.04_5.4.70_2.3.0, emb_lf_v2022.04, imx_v2015.04_4.1.15_1.0.0_ga, pitx_8mp_lf_v2020.04, smarc-8m-android-10.0.0_2.6.0, smarc-8m-android-11.0.0_2.0.0, smarc-8mp-android-11.0.0_2.0.0, smarc-emmc-imx_v2014.04_3.10.53_1.1.0_ga, smarc-emmc-imx_v2014.04_3.14.28_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx-l5.0.0_1.0.0-ga, smarc-imx6_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx7_v2017.03_4.9.11_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx7_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2014.04_3.14.28_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2015.04_4.1.15_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_4.9.11_1.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_4.9.88_2.0.0_ga, smarc-imx_v2017.03_o8.1.0_1.3.0_8m, smarc-imx_v2018.03_4.14.78_1.0.0_ga, smarc-m6.0.1_2.1.0-ga, smarc-n7.1.2_2.0.0-ga, smarc-rel_imx_4.1.15_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8m-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8m-imx_v2019.04_4.19.35_1.1.0, smarc_8m_00d0-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8mm-imx_v2018.03_4.14.98_2.0.0_ga, smarc_8mm-imx_v2019.04_4.19.35_1.1.0, smarc_8mm-imx_v2020.04_5.4.24_2.1.0, smarc_8mp_lf_v2020.04, smarc_8mq-imx_v2020.04_5.4.24_2.1.0, smarc_8mq_lf_v2020.04, ti-u-boot-2015.07, v2013.10, v2013.10-smarct33, v2013.10-smartmen, v2014.01, v2014.04, v2014.04-smarct33, v2014.04-smarct33-emmc, v2014.04-smartmen, v2014.07, v2014.07-smarct33, v2014.07-smartmen, v2015.07-smarct33, v2015.07-smarct33-emmc, v2015.07-smarct4x, v2016.05-dlt, v2016.05-smarct3x, v2016.05-smarct3x-emmc, v2016.05-smarct4x, v2017.01-smarct3x, v2017.01-smarct3x-emmc, v2017.01-smarct4x

image: Add CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT to control FIT image printing in SPL 

This code is very large, and in SPL it isn't always useful to print
out image information (in fact there might not even be a console
active). So disable this feature unless this option is set.

Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>

Showing 3 changed files with 42 additions and 5 deletions Inline Diff

1 # 1 #
2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012 2 # (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 3 # Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4 # 4 #
5 # See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this 5 # See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6 # project. 6 # project.
7 # 7 #
8 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or 8 # This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9 # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as 9 # modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10 # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of 10 # published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11 # the License, or (at your option) any later version. 11 # the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12 # 12 #
13 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 13 # This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 14 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 15 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 # GNU General Public License for more details. 16 # GNU General Public License for more details.
17 # 17 #
18 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 18 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 19 # along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, 20 # Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21 # MA 02111-1307 USA 21 # MA 02111-1307 USA
22 # 22 #
23 23
24 Summary: 24 Summary:
25 ======== 25 ========
26 26
27 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for 27 This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
28 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other 28 Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to 29 processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application 30 initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31 code. 31 code.
32 32
33 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of 33 The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
34 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some 34 the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35 header files in common, and special provision has been made to 35 header files in common, and special provision has been made to
36 support booting of Linux images. 36 support booting of Linux images.
37 37
38 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily 38 Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are 39 configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to 40 implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used 41 add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can 42 code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43 load and run it dynamically. 43 load and run it dynamically.
44 44
45 45
46 Status: 46 Status:
47 ======= 47 =======
48 48
49 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the 49 In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
50 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered 50 Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
51 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems. 51 "working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52 52
53 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out 53 In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
54 who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board 54 who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55 maintainers. 55 maintainers.
56 56
57 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree; 57 Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
58 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using: 58 it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
59 59
60 make CHANGELOG 60 make CHANGELOG
61 61
62 62
63 Where to get help: 63 Where to get help:
64 ================== 64 ==================
65 65
66 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for 66 In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
67 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at 67 U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
68 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic 68 <u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
69 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's. 69 on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
70 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and 70 Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
71 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot 71 http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
72 72
73 73
74 Where to get source code: 74 Where to get source code:
75 ========================= 75 =========================
76 76
77 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at 77 The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
78 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at 78 git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
79 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary 79 http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
80 80
81 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of 81 The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
82 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also 82 any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
83 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ 83 available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
84 directory. 84 directory.
85 85
86 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from 86 Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
87 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/ 87 ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
88 88
89 89
90 Where we come from: 90 Where we come from:
91 =================== 91 ===================
92 92
93 - start from 8xxrom sources 93 - start from 8xxrom sources
94 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot) 94 - create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
95 - clean up code 95 - clean up code
96 - make it easier to add custom boards 96 - make it easier to add custom boards
97 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs 97 - make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
98 - extend functions, especially: 98 - extend functions, especially:
99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader 99 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
100 * S-Record download 100 * S-Record download
101 * network boot 101 * network boot
102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot 102 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
103 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot) 103 - create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
104 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM) 104 - add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
105 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot) 105 - create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
106 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot 106 - current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
107 107
108 108
109 Names and Spelling: 109 Names and Spelling:
110 =================== 110 ===================
111 111
112 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling 112 The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
113 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments 113 "U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
114 in source files etc.). Example: 114 in source files etc.). Example:
115 115
116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project. 116 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
117 117
118 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples: 118 File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
119 119
120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h 120 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
121 121
122 #include <asm/u-boot.h> 122 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
123 123
124 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on 124 Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
125 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example: 125 the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
126 126
127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo 127 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start 128 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
129 129
130 130
131 Versioning: 131 Versioning:
132 =========== 132 ===========
133 133
134 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases 134 Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
135 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning 135 were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
136 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by 136 into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
137 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date. 137 names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
138 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix 138 Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
139 releases in "stable" maintenance trees. 139 releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
140 140
141 Examples: 141 Examples:
142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009 142 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree 143 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release 144 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
145 145
146 146
147 Directory Hierarchy: 147 Directory Hierarchy:
148 ==================== 148 ====================
149 149
150 /arch Architecture specific files 150 /arch Architecture specific files
151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture 151 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files 152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs 153 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs 154 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU 155 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs 156 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs 157 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs 158 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs 159 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs 160 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs 161 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs 162 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs 163 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs 164 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
165 /lib Architecture specific library files 165 /lib Architecture specific library files
166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture 166 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
167 /cpu CPU specific files 167 /cpu CPU specific files
168 /lib Architecture specific library files 168 /lib Architecture specific library files
169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture 169 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
170 /cpu CPU specific files 170 /cpu CPU specific files
171 /lib Architecture specific library files 171 /lib Architecture specific library files
172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture 172 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
173 /cpu CPU specific files 173 /cpu CPU specific files
174 /lib Architecture specific library files 174 /lib Architecture specific library files
175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture 175 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
176 /cpu CPU specific files 176 /cpu CPU specific files
177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs 177 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs 178 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs 179 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs 180 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs 181 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
182 /lib Architecture specific library files 182 /lib Architecture specific library files
183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture 183 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
184 /cpu CPU specific files 184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /lib Architecture specific library files 185 /lib Architecture specific library files
186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture 186 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files 187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs 188 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs 189 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
190 /lib Architecture specific library files 190 /lib Architecture specific library files
191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture 191 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
192 /cpu CPU specific files 192 /cpu CPU specific files
193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs 193 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
194 /lib Architecture specific library files 194 /lib Architecture specific library files
195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture 195 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
196 /cpu CPU specific files 196 /cpu CPU specific files
197 /lib Architecture specific library files 197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture 198 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files 199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs 200 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs 201 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs 202 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs 203 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
204 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs 204 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
205 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs 205 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
206 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs 206 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
207 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs 207 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
208 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs 208 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
209 /lib Architecture specific library files 209 /lib Architecture specific library files
210 /sh Files generic to SH architecture 210 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
211 /cpu CPU specific files 211 /cpu CPU specific files
212 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs 212 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
213 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs 213 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
214 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs 214 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
215 /lib Architecture specific library files 215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture 216 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
217 /cpu CPU specific files 217 /cpu CPU specific files
218 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU 218 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
219 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU 219 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
220 /lib Architecture specific library files 220 /lib Architecture specific library files
221 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps 221 /api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
222 /board Board dependent files 222 /board Board dependent files
223 /common Misc architecture independent functions 223 /common Misc architecture independent functions
224 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling 224 /disk Code for disk drive partition handling
225 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much) 225 /doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
226 /drivers Commonly used device drivers 226 /drivers Commonly used device drivers
227 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc. 227 /examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
228 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.) 228 /fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
229 /include Header Files 229 /include Header Files
230 /lib Files generic to all architectures 230 /lib Files generic to all architectures
231 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees 231 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
232 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression 232 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
233 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression 233 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
234 /net Networking code 234 /net Networking code
235 /post Power On Self Test 235 /post Power On Self Test
236 /rtc Real Time Clock drivers 236 /rtc Real Time Clock drivers
237 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc. 237 /tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
238 238
239 Software Configuration: 239 Software Configuration:
240 ======================= 240 =======================
241 241
242 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the 242 Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
243 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible. 243 rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
244 244
245 There are two classes of configuration variables: 245 There are two classes of configuration variables:
246 246
247 * Configuration _OPTIONS_: 247 * Configuration _OPTIONS_:
248 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with 248 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
249 "CONFIG_". 249 "CONFIG_".
250 250
251 * Configuration _SETTINGS_: 251 * Configuration _SETTINGS_:
252 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if 252 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
253 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with 253 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
254 "CONFIG_SYS_". 254 "CONFIG_SYS_".
255 255
256 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even 256 Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
257 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to 257 identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
258 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic 258 do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
259 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards 259 links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
260 as an example here. 260 as an example here.
261 261
262 262
263 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type: 263 Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
264 --------------------------------------------------- 264 ---------------------------------------------------
265 265
266 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default 266 For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
267 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config". 267 configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
268 268
269 Example: For a TQM823L module type: 269 Example: For a TQM823L module type:
270 270
271 cd u-boot 271 cd u-boot
272 make TQM823L_config 272 make TQM823L_config
273 273
274 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well; 274 For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
275 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent 275 e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
276 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README. 276 directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
277 277
278 278
279 Configuration Options: 279 Configuration Options:
280 ---------------------- 280 ----------------------
281 281
282 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all 282 Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
283 such information is kept in a configuration file 283 such information is kept in a configuration file
284 "include/configs/<board_name>.h". 284 "include/configs/<board_name>.h".
285 285
286 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in 286 Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
287 "include/configs/TQM823L.h". 287 "include/configs/TQM823L.h".
288 288
289 289
290 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux 290 Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
291 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to 291 kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
292 build a config tool - later. 292 build a config tool - later.
293 293
294 294
295 The following options need to be configured: 295 The following options need to be configured:
296 296
297 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX. 297 - CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
298 298
299 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS. 299 - Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
300 300
301 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined) 301 - CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
302 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002 302 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
303 303
304 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 304 - CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
305 Define exactly one of 305 Define exactly one of
306 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD 306 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
307 --- FIXME --- not tested yet: 307 --- FIXME --- not tested yet:
308 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P, 308 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
309 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50 309 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
310 310
311 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 311 - Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
312 Define exactly one of 312 Define exactly one of
313 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102 313 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
314 314
315 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined) 315 - Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
316 Define one or more of 316 Define one or more of
317 CONFIG_CMA302 317 CONFIG_CMA302
318 318
319 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined) 319 - Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
320 Define one or more of 320 Define one or more of
321 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on 321 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
322 the LCD display every second with 322 the LCD display every second with
323 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/ 323 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
324 324
325 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined) 325 - Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
326 CONFIG_ADSTYPE 326 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
327 Possible values are: 327 Possible values are:
328 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS 328 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS 329 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
330 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR 330 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
331 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS 331 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
332 332
333 - Marvell Family Member 333 - Marvell Family Member
334 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable 334 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
335 multiple fs option at one time 335 multiple fs option at one time
336 for marvell soc family 336 for marvell soc family
337 337
338 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined) 338 - MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
339 Define exactly one of 339 Define exactly one of
340 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245 340 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
341 341
342 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU) 342 - 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
343 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if 343 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
344 get_gclk_freq() cannot work 344 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
345 e.g. if there is no 32KHz 345 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
346 reference PIT/RTC clock 346 reference PIT/RTC clock
347 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK 347 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
348 or XTAL/EXTAL) 348 or XTAL/EXTAL)
349 349
350 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU): 350 - 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN 351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
352 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX 352 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
353 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT 353 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
354 See doc/README.MPC866 354 See doc/README.MPC866
355 355
356 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK 356 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
357 357
358 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead 358 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
359 of relying on the correctness of the configured 359 of relying on the correctness of the configured
360 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure 360 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
361 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note 361 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
362 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz 362 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
363 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN) 363 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
364 364
365 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE 365 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
366 366
367 Define this option if you want to enable the 367 Define this option if you want to enable the
368 ICache only when Code runs from RAM. 368 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
369 369
370 - 85xx CPU Options: 370 - 85xx CPU Options:
371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64 371 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
372 372
373 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements 373 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
374 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR 374 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
375 compliance, among other possible reasons. 375 compliance, among other possible reasons.
376 376
377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV 377 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
378 378
379 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the 379 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
380 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ 380 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
381 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc. 381 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
382 382
383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT 383 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
384 384
385 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device 385 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
386 tree nodes for the given platform. 386 tree nodes for the given platform.
387 387
388 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB 388 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
389 389
390 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work 390 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
391 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger 391 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
392 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where 392 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
393 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this 393 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
394 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this 394 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
395 purpose. 395 purpose.
396 396
397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 397 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
398 398
399 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set, 399 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
400 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and 400 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
401 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set. 401 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
402 402
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV 403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional) 404 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
405 405
406 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR) 406 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
407 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied. 407 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
408 408
409 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision 409 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
410 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus 410 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
411 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls 411 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
412 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set. 412 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
413 413
414 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about 414 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
415 this erratum. 415 this erratum.
416 416
417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY 417 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
418 418
419 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600 419 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
420 according to the A004510 workaround. 420 according to the A004510 workaround.
421 421
422 - Generic CPU options: 422 - Generic CPU options:
423 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN 423 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
424 424
425 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those 425 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
426 values is arch specific. 426 values is arch specific.
427 427
428 - Intel Monahans options: 428 - Intel Monahans options:
429 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO 429 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
430 430
431 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator 431 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
432 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core 432 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
433 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz. 433 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
434 434
435 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO 435 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
436 436
437 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator 437 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
438 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and 438 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
439 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied 439 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
440 by this value. 440 by this value.
441 441
442 - MIPS CPU options: 442 - MIPS CPU options:
443 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET 443 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
444 444
445 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack 445 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
446 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before 446 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
447 relocation. 447 relocation.
448 448
449 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE 449 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
450 450
451 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU. 451 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
452 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h. 452 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
453 Possible values are: 453 Possible values are:
454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA 454 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA 455 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
456 CONF_CM_UNCACHED 456 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT 457 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE 458 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW 459 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW 460 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
461 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED 461 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
462 462
463 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG 463 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
464 464
465 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. 465 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
466 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S. 466 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
467 467
468 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES 468 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
469 469
470 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq 470 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
471 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to 471 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
472 be swapped if a flash programmer is used. 472 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
473 473
474 - ARM options: 474 - ARM options:
475 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH 475 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
476 476
477 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not 477 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
478 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15. 478 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
479 479
480 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD 480 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
481 481
482 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction 482 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
483 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides 483 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
484 better code density. For ARM architectures that support 484 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
485 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by 485 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
486 GCC. 486 GCC.
487 487
488 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044 488 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
489 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230 489 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
490 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622 490 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
491 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472 491 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
492 492
493 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early 493 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
494 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the 494 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
495 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection 495 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
496 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not 496 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
497 set these options unless they apply! 497 set these options unless they apply!
498 498
499 - CPU timer options: 499 - CPU timer options:
500 CONFIG_SYS_HZ 500 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
501 501
502 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer(). 502 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
503 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG 503 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
504 option must be set to 1000. 504 option must be set to 1000.
505 505
506 - Linux Kernel Interface: 506 - Linux Kernel Interface:
507 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ 507 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
508 508
509 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz 509 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
510 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux 510 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
511 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the 511 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
512 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable 512 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
513 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot 513 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
514 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the 514 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
515 Linux kernel. 515 Linux kernel.
516 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of 516 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
517 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the 517 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
518 default environment. 518 default environment.
519 519
520 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only] 520 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
521 521
522 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions 522 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
523 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB. 523 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
524 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes. 524 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
525 525
526 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 526 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
527 527
528 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be 528 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
529 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware 529 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
530 concepts). 530 concepts).
531 531
532 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 532 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
533 * New libfdt-based support 533 * New libfdt-based support
534 * Adds the "fdt" command 534 * Adds the "fdt" command
535 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt 535 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
536 536
537 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for 537 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
538 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 538 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
539 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for 539 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
540 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards). 540 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
541 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency. 541 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
542 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device 542 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
543 543
544 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC 544 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
545 addresses 545 addresses
546 546
547 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP 547 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
548 548
549 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make 549 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
550 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel 550 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
551 551
552 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU 552 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
553 553
554 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot 554 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
555 param header, the default value is zero if undefined. 555 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
556 556
557 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP 557 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
558 558
559 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not. 559 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
560 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot 560 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
561 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux, 561 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
562 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and 562 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
563 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where 563 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
564 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7. 564 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
565 565
566 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory] 566 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
567 567
568 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one 568 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
569 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type 569 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
570 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry 570 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
571 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/). 571 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
572 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported 572 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
573 in a single configuration file and the machine type is 573 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
574 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting. 574 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
575 575
576 - vxWorks boot parameters: 576 - vxWorks boot parameters:
577 577
578 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following 578 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
579 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname. 579 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
580 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile. 580 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
581 581
582 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name 582 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
583 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address 583 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
584 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server 584 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
585 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters 585 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
586 586
587 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS 587 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
588 588
589 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret" 589 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
590 590
591 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride 591 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
592 the defaults discussed just above. 592 the defaults discussed just above.
593 593
594 - Cache Configuration: 594 - Cache Configuration:
595 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot 595 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
596 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot 596 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
597 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot 597 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
598 598
599 - Cache Configuration for ARM: 599 - Cache Configuration for ARM:
600 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache 600 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
601 controller 601 controller
602 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310 602 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
603 controller register space 603 controller register space
604 604
605 - Serial Ports: 605 - Serial Ports:
606 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL 606 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
607 607
608 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs. 608 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
609 609
610 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL 610 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
611 611
612 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs. 612 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
613 613
614 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK 614 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
615 615
616 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to 616 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
617 the clock speed of the UARTs. 617 the clock speed of the UARTs.
618 618
619 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS 619 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
620 620
621 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board, 621 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
622 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported) 622 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
623 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h 623 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
624 624
625 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR 625 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
626 626
627 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500) 627 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
628 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set 628 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
629 this variable to initialize the extra register. 629 this variable to initialize the extra register.
630 630
631 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT 631 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
632 632
633 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage 633 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
634 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this 634 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
635 variable to flush the UART at init time. 635 variable to flush the UART at init time.
636 636
637 637
638 - Console Interface: 638 - Console Interface:
639 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port 639 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
640 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2, 640 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
641 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial 641 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
642 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE 642 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
643 643
644 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial 644 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
645 port routines must be defined elsewhere 645 port routines must be defined elsewhere
646 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...) 646 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
647 647
648 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 648 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
649 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following 649 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
650 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042) 650 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
651 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation 651 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
652 (default big endian) 652 (default big endian)
653 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports 653 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
654 rectangle fill 654 rectangle fill
655 (cf. smiLynxEM) 655 (cf. smiLynxEM)
656 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports 656 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
657 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM) 657 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
658 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns 658 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
659 (cols=pitch) 659 (cols=pitch)
660 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows 660 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
661 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel 661 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
662 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format 662 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
663 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c) 663 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
664 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address 664 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
665 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct 665 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
666 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init()) 666 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
667 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct 667 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
668 (i.e. i8042_tstc) 668 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
669 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct 669 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
670 (i.e. i8042_getc) 670 (i.e. i8042_getc)
671 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off 671 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
672 (requires blink timer 672 (requires blink timer
673 cf. i8042.c) 673 cf. i8042.c)
674 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c) 674 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
675 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in 675 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
676 upper right corner 676 upper right corner
677 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE) 677 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
678 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in 678 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
679 upper left corner 679 upper left corner
680 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of 680 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
681 linux_logo.h for logo. 681 linux_logo.h for logo.
682 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 682 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
683 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO 683 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
684 additional board info beside 684 additional board info beside
685 the logo 685 the logo
686 686
687 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support 687 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
688 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control, 688 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
689 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control). 689 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
690 690
691 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is 691 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
692 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with 692 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
693 environment 'console=serial'. 693 environment 'console=serial'.
694 694
695 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console 695 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
696 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with 696 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
697 the "silent" environment variable. See 697 the "silent" environment variable. See
698 doc/README.silent for more information. 698 doc/README.silent for more information.
699 699
700 - Console Baudrate: 700 - Console Baudrate:
701 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps 701 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
702 Select one of the baudrates listed in 702 Select one of the baudrates listed in
703 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 703 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
704 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale 704 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
705 705
706 - Console Rx buffer length 706 - Console Rx buffer length
707 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define 707 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
708 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC. 708 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
709 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible. 709 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
710 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE 710 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
711 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for 711 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
712 the SMC. 712 the SMC.
713 713
714 - Pre-Console Buffer: 714 - Pre-Console Buffer:
715 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART 715 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
716 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded. 716 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
717 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to 717 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
718 buffer any console messages prior to the console being 718 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
719 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 719 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
720 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is 720 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
721 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ 721 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
722 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the 722 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
723 earlier bytes are discarded. 723 earlier bytes are discarded.
724 724
725 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if 725 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
726 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2 726 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
727 727
728 - Safe printf() functions 728 - Safe printf() functions
729 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of 729 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
730 the printf() functions. These are defined in 730 the printf() functions. These are defined in
731 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and 731 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
732 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes. 732 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
733 If this option is not given then these functions will 733 If this option is not given then these functions will
734 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means 734 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
735 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case. 735 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
736 736
737 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds 737 - Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
738 Delay before automatically booting the default image; 738 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
739 set to -1 to disable autoboot. 739 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
740 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort 740 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
741 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined). 741 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
742 742
743 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that 743 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
744 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required. 744 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
745 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 745 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
746 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN 746 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
747 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED 747 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
748 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT 748 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
749 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 749 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
750 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 750 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
751 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2 751 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
752 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2 752 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
753 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK 753 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
754 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY 754 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
755 755
756 - Autoboot Command: 756 - Autoboot Command:
757 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 757 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
758 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled; 758 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
759 define a command string that is automatically executed 759 define a command string that is automatically executed
760 when no character is read on the console interface 760 when no character is read on the console interface
761 within "Boot Delay" after reset. 761 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
762 762
763 CONFIG_BOOTARGS 763 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
764 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm 764 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
765 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the 765 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
766 environment value "bootargs". 766 environment value "bootargs".
767 767
768 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT 768 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
769 The value of these goes into the environment as 769 The value of these goes into the environment as
770 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used 770 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
771 as a convenience, when switching between booting from 771 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
772 RAM and NFS. 772 RAM and NFS.
773 773
774 - Pre-Boot Commands: 774 - Pre-Boot Commands:
775 CONFIG_PREBOOT 775 CONFIG_PREBOOT
776 776
777 When this option is #defined, the existence of the 777 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
778 environment variable "preboot" will be checked 778 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
779 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 779 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
780 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp. 780 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
781 entering interactive mode. 781 entering interactive mode.
782 782
783 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is 783 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
784 automatically generated or modified. For an example 784 automatically generated or modified. For an example
785 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is 785 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
786 modified when the user holds down a certain 786 modified when the user holds down a certain
787 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when 787 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
788 booting the systems 788 booting the systems
789 789
790 - Serial Download Echo Mode: 790 - Serial Download Echo Mode:
791 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 791 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
792 If defined to 1, all characters received during a 792 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
793 serial download (using the "loads" command) are 793 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
794 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal 794 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
795 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take 795 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
796 time on others. This setting #define's the initial 796 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
797 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable. 797 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
798 798
799 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined) 799 - Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
800 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE 800 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
801 Select one of the baudrates listed in 801 Select one of the baudrates listed in
802 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below. 802 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
803 803
804 - Monitor Functions: 804 - Monitor Functions:
805 Monitor commands can be included or excluded 805 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
806 from the build by using the #include files 806 from the build by using the #include files
807 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted 807 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
808 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h> 808 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
809 and augmenting with additional #define's 809 and augmenting with additional #define's
810 for wanted commands. 810 for wanted commands.
811 811
812 The default command configuration includes all commands 812 The default command configuration includes all commands
813 except those marked below with a "*". 813 except those marked below with a "*".
814 814
815 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable 815 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
816 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo 816 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
817 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger 817 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
818 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support 818 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
819 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands 819 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
820 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd 820 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
821 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache 821 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
822 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo 822 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
823 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32 823 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
824 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time... 824 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
825 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support 825 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
826 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics 826 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
827 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands 827 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
828 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command 828 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
829 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd 829 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
830 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command 830 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
831 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat 831 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
832 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments 832 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
833 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable 833 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
834 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support 834 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
835 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx 835 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
836 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks 836 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
837 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags 837 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
838 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment 838 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
839 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support 839 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
840 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support 840 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
841 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv 841 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
842 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support 842 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
843 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support 843 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
844 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support 844 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
845 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect 845 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
846 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support 846 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
847 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot 847 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
848 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code) 848 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
849 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment 849 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
850 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest 850 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
851 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control 851 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
852 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support 852 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
853 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support 853 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
854 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo 854 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
855 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash 855 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
856 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash 856 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND List all images found in NAND flash
857 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support 857 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
858 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment 858 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
859 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env 859 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
860 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo 860 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
861 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values 861 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
862 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support 862 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
863 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb 863 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
864 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader) 864 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
865 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration 865 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
866 (169.254.*.*) 866 (169.254.*.*)
867 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb 867 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
868 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads 868 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
869 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest 869 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
870 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5) 870 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
871 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information 871 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
872 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base, 872 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
873 loop, loopw 873 loop, loopw
874 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest 874 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST mtest
875 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc 875 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
876 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support 876 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
877 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands 877 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
878 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support 878 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
879 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support 879 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
880 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot 880 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
881 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands 881 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
882 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command 882 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
883 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo 883 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
884 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support 884 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
885 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network 885 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
886 host 886 host
887 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O 887 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
888 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition 888 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
889 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump 889 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
890 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable 890 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
891 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features 891 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
892 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump 892 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
893 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support 893 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
894 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information 894 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
895 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C) 895 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
896 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access 896 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
897 (4xx only) 897 (4xx only)
898 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash 898 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
899 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest 899 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
900 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY) 900 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
901 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x 901 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
902 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support 902 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
903 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support 903 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
904 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode 904 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
905 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload) 905 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
906 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific) 906 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
907 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer 907 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
908 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support 908 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
909 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support 909 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
910 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support 910 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
911 911
912 912
913 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network 913 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
914 support you can write: 914 support you can write:
915 915
916 #include "config_cmd_all.h" 916 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
917 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET 917 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
918 918
919 Other Commands: 919 Other Commands:
920 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 920 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
921 921
922 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands 922 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
923 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know 923 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
924 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data 924 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
925 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or 925 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
926 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be 926 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
927 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other 927 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
928 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an 928 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
929 initial stack and some data. 929 initial stack and some data.
930 930
931 931
932 XXX - this list needs to get updated! 932 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
933 933
934 - Regular expression support: 934 - Regular expression support:
935 CONFIG_REGEX 935 CONFIG_REGEX
936 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against 936 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
937 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library, 937 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
938 which adds regex support to some commands, as for 938 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
939 example "env grep" and "setexpr". 939 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
940 940
941 - Device tree: 941 - Device tree:
942 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 942 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
943 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree 943 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
944 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically 944 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
945 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is 945 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
946 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device 946 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
947 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob. 947 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
948 948
949 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can 949 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
950 be done using one of the two options below: 950 be done using one of the two options below:
951 951
952 CONFIG_OF_EMBED 952 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
953 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree 953 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
954 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the 954 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
955 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file 955 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
956 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through 956 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
957 the global data structure as gd->blob. 957 the global data structure as gd->blob.
958 958
959 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE 959 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
960 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree 960 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
961 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific 961 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
962 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by: 962 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
963 963
964 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin 964 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
965 965
966 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called 966 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
967 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can 967 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
968 still use the individual files if you need something more 968 still use the individual files if you need something more
969 exotic. 969 exotic.
970 970
971 - Watchdog: 971 - Watchdog:
972 CONFIG_WATCHDOG 972 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
973 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog 973 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
974 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC 974 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
975 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260 975 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
976 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR 976 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
977 register. When supported for a specific SoC is 977 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
978 available, then no further board specific code should 978 available, then no further board specific code should
979 be needed to use it. 979 be needed to use it.
980 980
981 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG 981 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
982 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used 982 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
983 SoC, then define this variable and provide board 983 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
984 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function. 984 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
985 985
986 - U-Boot Version: 986 - U-Boot Version:
987 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE 987 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
988 If this variable is defined, an environment variable 988 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
989 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot 989 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
990 version as printed by the "version" command. 990 version as printed by the "version" command.
991 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the 991 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
992 next reset. 992 next reset.
993 993
994 - Real-Time Clock: 994 - Real-Time Clock:
995 995
996 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC 996 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
997 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the 997 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
998 following options: 998 following options:
999 999
1000 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx 1000 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1001 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC 1001 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
1002 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC 1002 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
1003 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC 1003 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
1004 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC 1004 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
1005 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC 1005 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
1006 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC 1006 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
1007 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC 1007 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
1008 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC 1008 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
1009 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC 1009 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
1010 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337 1010 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
1011 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on 1011 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1012 RV3029 RTC. 1012 RV3029 RTC.
1013 1013
1014 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1014 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1015 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1015 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1016 1016
1017 - GPIO Support: 1017 - GPIO Support:
1018 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO 1018 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
1019 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command 1019 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
1020 1020
1021 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of 1021 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1022 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of 1022 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1023 pins supported by a particular chip. 1023 pins supported by a particular chip.
1024 1024
1025 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface 1025 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1026 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below. 1026 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1027 1027
1028 - Timestamp Support: 1028 - Timestamp Support:
1029 1029
1030 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp 1030 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1031 (date and time) of an image is printed by image 1031 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1032 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is 1032 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
1033 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE . 1033 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
1034 1034
1035 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported: 1035 - Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1036 Zero or more of the following: 1036 Zero or more of the following:
1037 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table. 1037 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1038 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the 1038 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1039 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc. 1039 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1040 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc. 1040 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1041 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the 1041 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1042 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see 1042 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1043 disk/part_efi.c 1043 disk/part_efi.c
1044 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table. 1044 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
1045 1045
1046 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or 1046 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at 1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
1048 least one non-MTD partition type as well. 1048 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
1049 1049
1050 - IDE Reset method: 1050 - IDE Reset method:
1051 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several 1051 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1052 board configurations files but used nowhere! 1052 board configurations files but used nowhere!
1053 1053
1054 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will 1054 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1055 be performed by calling the function 1055 be performed by calling the function
1056 ide_set_reset(int reset) 1056 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1057 which has to be defined in a board specific file 1057 which has to be defined in a board specific file
1058 1058
1059 - ATAPI Support: 1059 - ATAPI Support:
1060 CONFIG_ATAPI 1060 CONFIG_ATAPI
1061 1061
1062 Set this to enable ATAPI support. 1062 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1063 1063
1064 - LBA48 Support 1064 - LBA48 Support
1065 CONFIG_LBA48 1065 CONFIG_LBA48
1066 1066
1067 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB 1067 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
1068 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA. 1068 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
1069 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only' 1069 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1070 support disks up to 2.1TB. 1070 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1071 1071
1072 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA: 1072 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
1073 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses. 1073 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1074 Default is 32bit. 1074 Default is 32bit.
1075 1075
1076 - SCSI Support: 1076 - SCSI Support:
1077 At the moment only there is only support for the 1077 At the moment only there is only support for the
1078 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define 1078 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1079 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it. 1079 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1080 1080
1081 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and 1081 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1082 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID * 1082 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1083 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the 1083 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
1084 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target 1084 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1085 devices. 1085 devices.
1086 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz) 1086 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
1087 1087
1088 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of 1088 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1089 SCSI devices found during the last scan. 1089 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
1090 1090
1091 - NETWORK Support (PCI): 1091 - NETWORK Support (PCI):
1092 CONFIG_E1000 1092 CONFIG_E1000
1093 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips. 1093 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1094 1094
1095 CONFIG_E1000_SPI 1095 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1096 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x. 1096 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1097 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one 1097 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1098 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC. 1098 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1099 1099
1100 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC 1100 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1101 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for 1101 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1102 example with the "sspi" command. 1102 example with the "sspi" command.
1103 1103
1104 CONFIG_CMD_E1000 1104 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1105 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices 1105 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1106 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot. 1106 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
1107 1107
1108 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC 1108 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
1109 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production. 1109 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
1110 1110
1111 CONFIG_EEPRO100 1111 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1112 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips. 1112 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
1113 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM 1113 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
1114 write routine for first time initialisation. 1114 write routine for first time initialisation.
1115 1115
1116 CONFIG_TULIP 1116 CONFIG_TULIP
1117 Support for Digital 2114x chips. 1117 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1118 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific 1118 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1119 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611). 1119 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1120 1120
1121 CONFIG_NATSEMI 1121 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1122 Support for National dp83815 chips. 1122 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1123 1123
1124 CONFIG_NS8382X 1124 CONFIG_NS8382X
1125 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips. 1125 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1126 1126
1127 - NETWORK Support (other): 1127 - NETWORK Support (other):
1128 1128
1129 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC 1129 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1130 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC. 1130 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1131 1131
1132 CONFIG_RMII 1132 CONFIG_RMII
1133 Define this to use reduced MII inteface 1133 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1134 1134
1135 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET 1135 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1136 If this defined, the driver is quiet. 1136 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1137 The driver doen't show link status messages. 1137 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1138 1138
1139 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC 1139 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1140 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device 1140 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1141 1141
1142 CONFIG_LAN91C96 1142 CONFIG_LAN91C96
1143 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips. 1143 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1144 1144
1145 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE 1145 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1146 Define this to hold the physical address 1146 Define this to hold the physical address
1147 of the LAN91C96's I/O space 1147 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1148 1148
1149 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT 1149 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1150 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing 1150 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1151 1151
1152 CONFIG_SMC91111 1152 CONFIG_SMC91111
1153 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip 1153 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1154 1154
1155 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE 1155 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1156 Define this to hold the physical address 1156 Define this to hold the physical address
1157 of the device (I/O space) 1157 of the device (I/O space)
1158 1158
1159 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT 1159 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1160 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1160 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1161 1161
1162 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS 1162 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1163 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros 1163 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1164 (some hardware wont work with macros) 1164 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1165 1165
1166 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC 1166 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1167 Support for davinci emac 1167 Support for davinci emac
1168 1168
1169 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT 1169 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1170 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs. 1170 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1171 1171
1172 CONFIG_FTGMAC100 1172 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1173 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet 1173 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1174 1174
1175 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA 1175 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1176 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY. 1176 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1177 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY. 1177 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1178 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur 1178 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1179 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or 1179 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1180 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit 1180 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1181 control registers. This behavior won't affect the 1181 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1182 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update. 1182 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1183 1183
1184 CONFIG_SMC911X 1184 CONFIG_SMC911X
1185 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips 1185 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1186 1186
1187 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE 1187 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
1188 Define this to hold the physical address 1188 Define this to hold the physical address
1189 of the device (I/O space) 1189 of the device (I/O space)
1190 1190
1191 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT 1191 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
1192 Define this if data bus is 32 bits 1192 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1193 1193
1194 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT 1194 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
1195 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor 1195 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1196 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit 1196 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
1197 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT. 1197 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
1198 1198
1199 CONFIG_SH_ETHER 1199 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1200 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller 1200 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1201 1201
1202 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT 1202 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1203 Define the number of ports to be used 1203 Define the number of ports to be used
1204 1204
1205 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR 1205 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1206 Define the ETH PHY's address 1206 Define the ETH PHY's address
1207 1207
1208 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK 1208 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1209 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush. 1209 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1210 1210
1211 - TPM Support: 1211 - TPM Support:
1212 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM 1212 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1213 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device 1213 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1214 per system is supported at this time. 1214 per system is supported at this time.
1215 1215
1216 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS 1216 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1217 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped 1217 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1218 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at 1218 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1219 0xfed40000. 1219 0xfed40000.
1220 1220
1221 - USB Support: 1221 - USB Support:
1222 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is 1222 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
1223 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define 1223 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
1224 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it. 1224 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1225 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard 1225 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
1226 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB 1226 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
1227 storage devices. 1227 storage devices.
1228 Note: 1228 Note:
1229 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives 1229 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1230 (TEAC FD-05PUB). 1230 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
1231 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines: 1231 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1232 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK 1232 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1233 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb 1233 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
1234 CONFIG_PSC3_USB 1234 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1235 for USB on PSC3 1235 for USB on PSC3
1236 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG 1236 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1237 for differential drivers: 0x00001000 1237 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1238 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000 1238 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
1239 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100 1239 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1240 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100 1240 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
1241 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL 1241 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
1242 May be defined to allow interrupt polling 1242 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1243 instead of using asynchronous interrupts 1243 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
1244 1244
1245 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the 1245 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1246 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset. 1246 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1247 1247
1248 - USB Device: 1248 - USB Device:
1249 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console. 1249 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1250 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the 1250 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1251 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and 1251 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
1252 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print 1252 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
1253 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty 1253 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1254 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to 1254 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
1255 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a 1255 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
1256 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device. 1256 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1257 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate 1257 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1258 a Linux host by 1258 a Linux host by
1259 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID 1259 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1260 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment 1260 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1261 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following 1261 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1262 might be defined in YourBoardName.h 1262 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
1263 1263
1264 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE 1264 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1265 Define this to build a UDC device 1265 Define this to build a UDC device
1266 1266
1267 CONFIG_USB_TTY 1267 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1268 Define this to have a tty type of device available to 1268 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1269 talk to the UDC device 1269 talk to the UDC device
1270 1270
1271 CONFIG_USBD_HS 1271 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1272 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb 1272 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1273 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine 1273 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1274 int is_usbd_high_speed(void) 1274 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1275 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll 1275 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1276 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full 1276 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1277 speed. 1277 speed.
1278 1278
1279 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 1279 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
1280 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to 1280 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1281 be set to usbtty. 1281 be set to usbtty.
1282 1282
1283 mpc8xx: 1283 mpc8xx:
1284 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH 1284 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
1285 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah" 1285 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
1286 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02 1286 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
1287 1287
1288 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH 1288 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
1289 Derive USB clock from brgclk 1289 Derive USB clock from brgclk
1290 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04 1290 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
1291 1291
1292 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to 1292 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
1293 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h 1293 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
1294 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define 1294 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
1295 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME, 1295 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1296 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot 1296 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1297 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host. 1297 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1298 1298
1299 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER 1299 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1300 Define this string as the name of your company for 1300 Define this string as the name of your company for
1301 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company" 1301 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
1302 1302
1303 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME 1303 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1304 Define this string as the name of your product 1304 Define this string as the name of your product
1305 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device" 1305 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1306 1306
1307 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 1307 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1308 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB 1308 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1309 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID 1309 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1310 to avoid polluting the USB namespace. 1310 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1311 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF 1311 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
1312 1312
1313 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 1313 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1314 Define this as the unique Product ID 1314 Define this as the unique Product ID
1315 for your device 1315 for your device
1316 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF 1316 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
1317 1317
1318 - ULPI Layer Support: 1318 - ULPI Layer Support:
1319 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via 1319 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1320 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY 1320 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1321 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and 1321 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1322 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based 1322 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1323 viewport is supported. 1323 viewport is supported.
1324 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and 1324 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1325 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file. 1325 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
1326 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the 1326 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1327 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to 1327 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1328 the appropriate value in Hz. 1328 the appropriate value in Hz.
1329 1329
1330 - MMC Support: 1330 - MMC Support:
1331 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To 1331 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1332 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be 1332 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1333 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device 1333 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1334 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is 1334 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
1335 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with 1335 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1336 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT. 1336 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
1337 1337
1338 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF 1338 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1339 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller 1339 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1340 1340
1341 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR 1341 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1342 Define the base address of MMCIF registers 1342 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1343 1343
1344 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK 1344 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1345 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF 1345 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1346 1346
1347 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support: 1347 - USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1348 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION 1348 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1349 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class 1349 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1350 1350
1351 CONFIG_CMD_DFU 1351 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1352 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have 1352 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1353 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command 1353 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1354 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be 1354 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1355 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host. 1355 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1356 1356
1357 CONFIG_DFU_MMC 1357 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1358 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU. 1358 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1359 1359
1360 CONFIG_DFU_NAND 1360 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1361 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU. 1361 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1362 1362
1363 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE 1363 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1364 When updating files rather than the raw storage device, 1364 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1365 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write 1365 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1366 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define 1366 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1367 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer. 1367 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1368 Default is 4 MiB if undefined. 1368 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1369 1369
1370 - Journaling Flash filesystem support: 1370 - Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1371 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE, 1371 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1372 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV 1372 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1373 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device 1373 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1374 1374
1375 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR, 1375 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1376 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS 1376 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
1377 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device 1377 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1378 1378
1379 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART 1379 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
1380 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a 1380 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1381 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num) 1381 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1382 1382
1383 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to 1383 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
1384 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1 1384 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
1385 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you 1385 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1386 have not defined a custom partition 1386 have not defined a custom partition
1387 1387
1388 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support: 1388 - FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1389 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE 1389 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1390 1390
1391 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a 1391 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1392 file in FAT formatted partition. 1392 file in FAT formatted partition.
1393 1393
1394 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the 1394 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1395 user to write files to FAT. 1395 user to write files to FAT.
1396 1396
1397 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support 1397 CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1398 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS 1398 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1399 1399
1400 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot 1400 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1401 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls 1401 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1402 and cbfsload. 1402 and cbfsload.
1403 1403
1404 - Keyboard Support: 1404 - Keyboard Support:
1405 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD 1405 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1406 1406
1407 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard 1407 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1408 support 1408 support
1409 1409
1410 CONFIG_I8042_KBD 1410 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1411 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and 1411 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1412 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support. 1412 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1413 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc 1413 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1414 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking. 1414 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1415 1415
1416 - Video support: 1416 - Video support:
1417 CONFIG_VIDEO 1417 CONFIG_VIDEO
1418 1418
1419 Define this to enable video support (for output to 1419 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1420 video). 1420 video).
1421 1421
1422 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000 1422 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1423 1423
1424 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip 1424 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1425 1425
1426 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM 1426 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
1427 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The 1427 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
1428 video output is selected via environment 'videoout' 1428 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1429 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is 1429 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1430 assumed. 1430 assumed.
1431 1431
1432 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is 1432 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
1433 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways 1433 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
1434 are possible: 1434 are possible:
1435 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers. 1435 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
1436 Following standard modes are supported (* is default): 1436 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
1437 1437
1438 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024 1438 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1439 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1439 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1440 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307 1440 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1441 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319 1441 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1442 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A 1442 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1443 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B 1443 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1444 -------------+--------------------------------------------- 1444 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1445 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;) 1445 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1446 1446
1447 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed 1447 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
1448 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c) 1448 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
1449 1449
1450 1450
1451 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806 1451 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
1452 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp 1452 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
1453 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP 1453 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1454 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP 1454 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1455 1455
1456 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB 1456 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
1457 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for 1457 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
1458 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU 1458 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1459 support, and should also define these other macros: 1459 support, and should also define these other macros:
1460 1460
1461 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR 1461 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1462 CONFIG_VIDEO 1462 CONFIG_VIDEO
1463 CONFIG_CMD_BMP 1463 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1464 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE 1464 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1465 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR 1465 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1466 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE 1466 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1467 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO 1467 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1468 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO 1468 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1469 1469
1470 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment 1470 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1471 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during 1471 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1472 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a 1472 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1473 description of this variable. 1473 description of this variable.
1474 1474
1475 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA 1475 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1476 1476
1477 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you 1477 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1478 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer 1478 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1479 driver. 1479 driver.
1480 1480
1481 1481
1482 - Keyboard Support: 1482 - Keyboard Support:
1483 CONFIG_KEYBOARD 1483 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
1484 1484
1485 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support. 1485 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1486 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be 1486 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1487 defined in your board-specific files. 1487 defined in your board-specific files.
1488 The only board using this so far is RBC823. 1488 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
1489 1489
1490 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD 1490 - LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1491 1491
1492 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD 1492 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1493 display); also select one of the supported displays 1493 display); also select one of the supported displays
1494 by defining one of these: 1494 by defining one of these:
1495 1495
1496 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD: 1496 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1497 1497
1498 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320. 1498 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1499 1499
1500 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33: 1500 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
1501 1501
1502 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan. 1502 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
1503 1503
1504 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20 1504 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
1505 1505
1506 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480. 1506 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1507 Active, color, single scan. 1507 Active, color, single scan.
1508 1508
1509 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54 1509 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1510 1510
1511 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480. 1511 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
1512 Active, color, single scan. 1512 Active, color, single scan.
1513 1513
1514 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9 1514 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1515 1515
1516 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan. 1516 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1517 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is. 1517 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1518 1518
1519 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341 1519 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1520 1520
1521 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480. 1521 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1522 Active, color, single scan. 1522 Active, color, single scan.
1523 1523
1524 CONFIG_HLD1045 1524 CONFIG_HLD1045
1525 1525
1526 HLD1045 display, 640x480. 1526 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1527 Active, color, single scan. 1527 Active, color, single scan.
1528 1528
1529 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW 1529 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1530 1530
1531 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5 1531 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1532 or 1532 or
1533 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T 1533 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1534 or 1534 or
1535 Hitachi SP14Q002 1535 Hitachi SP14Q002
1536 1536
1537 320x240. Black & white. 1537 320x240. Black & white.
1538 1538
1539 Normally display is black on white background; define 1539 Normally display is black on white background; define
1540 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted. 1540 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
1541 1541
1542 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT 1542 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1543 1543
1544 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is 1544 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1545 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead. 1545 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1546 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE 1546 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1547 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on 1547 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1548 a per-section basis. 1548 a per-section basis.
1549 1549
1550 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES 1550 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1551 1551
1552 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of 1552 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1553 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes 1553 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1554 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling 1554 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1555 is slow. 1555 is slow.
1556 1556
1557 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8 1557 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1558 1558
1559 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD. 1559 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1560 1560
1561 CONFIG_I2C_EDID 1561 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1562 1562
1563 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID 1563 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1564 information over I2C from an attached LCD display. 1564 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1565 1565
1566 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN 1566 - Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
1567 1567
1568 If this option is set, the environment is checked for 1568 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1569 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display 1569 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1570 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD 1570 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
1571 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address 1571 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
1572 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The 1572 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1573 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This 1573 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1574 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is 1574 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1575 loaded very quickly after power-on. 1575 loaded very quickly after power-on.
1576 1576
1577 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD 1577 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1578 1578
1579 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment 1579 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1580 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address 1580 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
1581 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses). 1581 (see README.displaying-bmps and README.arm-unaligned-accesses).
1582 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment 1582 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1583 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data 1583 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1584 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned 1584 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1585 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them) 1585 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1586 there is no need to set this option. 1586 there is no need to set this option.
1587 1587
1588 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN 1588 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1589 1589
1590 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned 1590 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1591 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the 1591 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1592 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as 1592 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1593 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it 1593 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1594 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also 1594 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1595 specify 'm' for centering the image. 1595 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1596 1596
1597 Example: 1597 Example:
1598 setenv splashpos m,m 1598 setenv splashpos m,m
1599 => image at center of screen 1599 => image at center of screen
1600 1600
1601 setenv splashpos 30,20 1601 setenv splashpos 30,20
1602 => image at x = 30 and y = 20 1602 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1603 1603
1604 setenv splashpos -10,m 1604 setenv splashpos -10,m
1605 => vertically centered image 1605 => vertically centered image
1606 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9 1606 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1607 1607
1608 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE 1608 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_PREPARE
1609 1609
1610 If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare() 1610 If this option is set then the board_splash_screen_prepare()
1611 function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part 1611 function, which must be defined in your code, is called as part
1612 of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an 1612 of the splash screen display sequence. It gives the board an
1613 opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is 1613 opportunity to prepare the splash image data before it is
1614 processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot. 1614 processed and sent to the frame buffer by U-Boot.
1615 1615
1616 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP 1616 - Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1617 1617
1618 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP 1618 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1619 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the 1619 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1620 splashscreen support or the bmp command. 1620 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1621 1621
1622 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8 1622 - Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1623 1623
1624 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images 1624 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1625 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the 1625 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1626 bmp command. 1626 bmp command.
1627 1627
1628 - Do compresssing for memory range: 1628 - Do compresssing for memory range:
1629 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP 1629 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1630 1630
1631 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method 1631 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1632 to compress the specified memory at its best effort. 1632 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1633 1633
1634 - Compression support: 1634 - Compression support:
1635 CONFIG_BZIP2 1635 CONFIG_BZIP2
1636 1636
1637 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed 1637 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1638 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip 1638 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1639 compressed images are supported. 1639 compressed images are supported.
1640 1640
1641 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so 1641 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
1642 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should 1642 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
1643 be at least 4MB. 1643 be at least 4MB.
1644 1644
1645 CONFIG_LZMA 1645 CONFIG_LZMA
1646 1646
1647 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed 1647 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1648 images is included. 1648 images is included.
1649 1649
1650 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it 1650 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1651 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the 1651 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1652 formula: 1652 formula:
1653 1653
1654 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16) 1654 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1655 1655
1656 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits 1656 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1657 and Literal pos bits. 1657 and Literal pos bits.
1658 1658
1659 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway, 1659 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1660 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a 1660 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1661 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is 1661 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1662 a very small buffer. 1662 a very small buffer.
1663 1663
1664 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and 1664 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1665 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring 1665 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
1666 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value). 1666 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
1667 1667
1668 - MII/PHY support: 1668 - MII/PHY support:
1669 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR 1669 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1670 1670
1671 The address of PHY on MII bus. 1671 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1672 1672
1673 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx) 1673 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1674 1674
1675 The clock frequency of the MII bus 1675 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1676 1676
1677 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE 1677 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1678 1678
1679 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex 1679 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
1680 detection of gigabit PHY is included. 1680 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
1681 1681
1682 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY 1682 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1683 1683
1684 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1684 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1685 reset before any MII register access is possible. 1685 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1686 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay 1686 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1687 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A) 1687 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1688 1688
1689 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx) 1689 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1690 1690
1691 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after 1691 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1692 command issued before MII status register can be read 1692 command issued before MII status register can be read
1693 1693
1694 - Ethernet address: 1694 - Ethernet address:
1695 CONFIG_ETHADDR 1695 CONFIG_ETHADDR
1696 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR 1696 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
1697 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR 1697 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1698 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR 1698 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
1699 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR 1699 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1700 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR 1700 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
1701 1701
1702 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use 1702 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1703 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this 1703 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
1704 is not determined automatically. 1704 is not determined automatically.
1705 1705
1706 - IP address: 1706 - IP address:
1707 CONFIG_IPADDR 1707 CONFIG_IPADDR
1708 1708
1709 Define a default value for the IP address to use for 1709 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
1710 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not 1710 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
1711 determined through e.g. bootp. 1711 determined through e.g. bootp.
1712 (Environment variable "ipaddr") 1712 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
1713 1713
1714 - Server IP address: 1714 - Server IP address:
1715 CONFIG_SERVERIP 1715 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1716 1716
1717 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP 1717 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
1718 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command. 1718 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
1719 (Environment variable "serverip") 1719 (Environment variable "serverip")
1720 1720
1721 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR 1721 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1722 1722
1723 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr' 1723 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1724 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option) 1724 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1725 1725
1726 - Gateway IP address: 1726 - Gateway IP address:
1727 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP 1727 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1728 1728
1729 Defines a default value for the IP address of the 1729 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1730 default router where packets to other networks are 1730 default router where packets to other networks are
1731 sent to. 1731 sent to.
1732 (Environment variable "gatewayip") 1732 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1733 1733
1734 - Subnet mask: 1734 - Subnet mask:
1735 CONFIG_NETMASK 1735 CONFIG_NETMASK
1736 1736
1737 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or 1737 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1738 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP 1738 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1739 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be 1739 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1740 forwarded through a router. 1740 forwarded through a router.
1741 (Environment variable "netmask") 1741 (Environment variable "netmask")
1742 1742
1743 - Multicast TFTP Mode: 1743 - Multicast TFTP Mode:
1744 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP 1744 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1745 1745
1746 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per 1746 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1747 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets 1747 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
1748 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet 1748 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
1749 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a 1749 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1750 multicast group. 1750 multicast group.
1751 1751
1752 - BOOTP Recovery Mode: 1752 - BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1753 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY 1753 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1754 1754
1755 If you have many targets in a network that try to 1755 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1756 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all 1756 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1757 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same 1757 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1758 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery 1758 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1759 from a power failure, when all systems will try to 1759 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1760 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining 1760 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1761 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be 1761 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1762 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The 1762 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
1763 following delays are inserted then: 1763 following delays are inserted then:
1764 1764
1765 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec 1765 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1766 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec 1766 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1767 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec 1767 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1768 4th and following 1768 4th and following
1769 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec 1769 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1770 1770
1771 - DHCP Advanced Options: 1771 - DHCP Advanced Options:
1772 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining 1772 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1773 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols: 1773 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
1774 1774
1775 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK 1775 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1776 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY 1776 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1777 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME 1777 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1778 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN 1778 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1779 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH 1779 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1780 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE 1780 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1781 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1781 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1782 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 1782 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1783 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME 1783 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1784 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER 1784 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1785 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET 1785 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1786 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX 1786 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
1787 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL 1787 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
1788 1788
1789 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip 1789 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1790 environment variable, not the BOOTP server. 1790 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
1791 1791
1792 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found 1792 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
1793 after the configured retry count, the call will fail 1793 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
1794 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over 1794 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
1795 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server 1795 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
1796 is not available. 1796 is not available.
1797 1797
1798 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS 1798 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1799 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more 1799 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1800 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client. 1800 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1801 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS 1801 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1802 serverip will be stored in the additional environment 1802 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1803 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always 1803 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1804 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS 1804 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1805 is defined. 1805 is defined.
1806 1806
1807 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable 1807 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1808 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they 1808 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1809 need the hostname of the DHCP requester. 1809 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
1810 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content 1810 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
1811 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as 1811 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1812 option 12 to the DHCP server. 1812 option 12 to the DHCP server.
1813 1813
1814 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY 1814 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1815 1815
1816 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between 1816 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1817 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request". 1817 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1818 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't 1818 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1819 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an 1819 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1820 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed 1820 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1821 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003 1821 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1822 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at 1822 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1823 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope 1823 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1824 that one of the retries will be successful but note that 1824 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1825 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than 1825 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1826 this delay. 1826 this delay.
1827 1827
1828 - Link-local IP address negotiation: 1828 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
1829 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network 1829 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
1830 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration. 1830 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
1831 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed 1831 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
1832 to exist in all environments that the device must operate. 1832 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
1833 1833
1834 See doc/README.link-local for more information. 1834 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
1835 1835
1836 - CDP Options: 1836 - CDP Options:
1837 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID 1837 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
1838 1838
1839 The device id used in CDP trigger frames. 1839 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1840 1840
1841 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX 1841 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1842 1842
1843 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address 1843 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1844 of the device. 1844 of the device.
1845 1845
1846 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID 1846 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1847 1847
1848 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of 1848 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1849 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets 1849 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
1850 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc. 1850 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
1851 1851
1852 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES 1852 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1853 1853
1854 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities; 1854 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1855 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards. 1855 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1856 1856
1857 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION 1857 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1858 1858
1859 An ascii string containing the version of the software. 1859 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1860 1860
1861 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM 1861 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1862 1862
1863 An ascii string containing the name of the platform. 1863 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1864 1864
1865 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER 1865 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1866 1866
1867 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger. 1867 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1868 1868
1869 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION 1869 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1870 1870
1871 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the 1871 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1872 device in .1 of milliwatts. 1872 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1873 1873
1874 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE 1874 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1875 1875
1876 A byte containing the id of the VLAN. 1876 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1877 1877
1878 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED 1878 - Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1879 1879
1880 Several configurations allow to display the current 1880 Several configurations allow to display the current
1881 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink 1881 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1882 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as 1882 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1883 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and 1883 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1884 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running 1884 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1885 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux 1885 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1886 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this 1886 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1887 feature in U-Boot. 1887 feature in U-Boot.
1888 1888
1889 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER 1889 - CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1890 1890
1891 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support 1891 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1892 on those systems that support this (optional) 1892 on those systems that support this (optional)
1893 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules. 1893 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1894 1894
1895 - I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C 1895 - I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1896 1896
1897 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of 1897 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
1898 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will 1898 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
1899 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU. 1899 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
1900 1900
1901 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot 1901 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
1902 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in 1902 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
1903 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime 1903 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1904 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the 1904 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
1905 command line interface. 1905 command line interface.
1906 1906
1907 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller. 1907 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
1908 1908
1909 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka 1909 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
1910 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware 1910 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1911 support for I2C. 1911 support for I2C.
1912 1912
1913 There are several other quantities that must also be 1913 There are several other quantities that must also be
1914 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C. 1914 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
1915 1915
1916 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED 1916 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
1917 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus 1917 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
1918 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie 1918 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
1919 the CPU's i2c node address). 1919 the CPU's i2c node address).
1920 1920
1921 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx 1921 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
1922 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node 1922 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
1923 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See, 1923 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1924 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set 1924 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1925 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0. 1925 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
1926 1926
1927 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX 1927 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1928 1928
1929 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 1929 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1930 chips might think that the current transfer is still 1930 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1931 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start 1931 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1932 commands until the slave device responds. 1932 commands until the slave device responds.
1933 1933
1934 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C. 1934 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
1935 1935
1936 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C) 1936 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1937 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are 1937 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1938 from include/configs/lwmon.h): 1938 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
1939 1939
1940 I2C_INIT 1940 I2C_INIT
1941 1941
1942 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C 1942 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
1943 controller or configure ports. 1943 controller or configure ports.
1944 1944
1945 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL) 1945 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
1946 1946
1947 I2C_PORT 1947 I2C_PORT
1948 1948
1949 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code 1949 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1950 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values 1950 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1951 are 0..3 for ports A..D. 1951 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
1952 1952
1953 I2C_ACTIVE 1953 I2C_ACTIVE
1954 1954
1955 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active 1955 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1956 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this 1956 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1957 define can be null. 1957 define can be null.
1958 1958
1959 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA) 1959 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1960 1960
1961 I2C_TRISTATE 1961 I2C_TRISTATE
1962 1962
1963 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated 1963 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1964 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this 1964 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1965 define can be null. 1965 define can be null.
1966 1966
1967 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA) 1967 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1968 1968
1969 I2C_READ 1969 I2C_READ
1970 1970
1971 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high, 1971 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
1972 false if it is low. 1972 false if it is low.
1973 1973
1974 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0) 1974 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1975 1975
1976 I2C_SDA(bit) 1976 I2C_SDA(bit)
1977 1977
1978 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it 1978 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1979 is false, it clears it (low). 1979 is false, it clears it (low).
1980 1980
1981 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \ 1981 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
1982 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \ 1982 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
1983 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA 1983 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
1984 1984
1985 I2C_SCL(bit) 1985 I2C_SCL(bit)
1986 1986
1987 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it 1987 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1988 is false, it clears it (low). 1988 is false, it clears it (low).
1989 1989
1990 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \ 1990 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
1991 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \ 1991 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
1992 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL 1992 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
1993 1993
1994 I2C_DELAY 1994 I2C_DELAY
1995 1995
1996 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this 1996 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1997 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus 1997 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
1998 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something 1998 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
1999 like: 1999 like:
2000 2000
2001 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2) 2001 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
2002 2002
2003 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA 2003 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2004 2004
2005 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h), 2005 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2006 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be 2006 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2007 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will 2007 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2008 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate. 2008 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2009 2009
2010 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to 2010 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2011 the generic GPIO functions. 2011 the generic GPIO functions.
2012 2012
2013 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD 2013 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
2014 2014
2015 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer 2015 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2016 chips might think that the current transfer is still 2016 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2017 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access 2017 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2018 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the 2018 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2019 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin 2019 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2020 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a 2020 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2021 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c 2021 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2022 is run early in the boot sequence. 2022 is run early in the boot sequence.
2023 2023
2024 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT 2024 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2025 2025
2026 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is 2026 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2027 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in 2027 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2028 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init() 2028 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2029 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus 2029 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2030 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c 2030 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2031 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of 2031 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2032 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus 2032 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2033 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address). 2033 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2034 2034
2035 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 2035 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2036 2036
2037 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags 2037 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2038 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment 2038 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2039 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast) 2039 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2040 2040
2041 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2041 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2042 2042
2043 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which 2043 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
2044 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is 2044 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2045 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command. 2045 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
2046 Note that bus numbering is zero-based. 2046 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2047 2047
2048 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES 2048 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
2049 2049
2050 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped 2050 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
2051 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2051 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2052 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify 2052 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2053 a 1D array of device addresses 2053 a 1D array of device addresses
2054 2054
2055 e.g. 2055 e.g.
2056 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2056 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2057 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68} 2057 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
2058 2058
2059 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus 2059 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2060 2060
2061 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS 2061 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2062 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}} 2062 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
2063 2063
2064 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1 2064 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2065 2065
2066 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 2066 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
2067 2067
2068 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD. 2068 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2069 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0. 2069 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2070 2070
2071 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM 2071 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
2072 2072
2073 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC. 2073 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2074 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0. 2074 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2075 2075
2076 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM 2076 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
2077 2077
2078 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT. 2078 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2079 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0. 2079 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2080 2080
2081 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR: 2081 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
2082 2082
2083 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device. 2083 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2084 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for 2084 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2085 specified DTT device. 2085 specified DTT device.
2086 2086
2087 CONFIG_FSL_I2C 2087 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
2088 2088
2089 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in 2089 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
2090 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c. 2090 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
2091 2091
2092 CONFIG_I2C_MUX 2092 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
2093 2093
2094 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n 2094 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
2095 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C 2095 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
2096 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a 2096 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
2097 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the 2097 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
2098 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for 2098 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
2099 the muxes to activate this new "bus". 2099 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
2100 2100
2101 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this 2101 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
2102 feature! 2102 feature!
2103 2103
2104 Example: 2104 Example:
2105 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes 2105 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
2106 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6 2106 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
2107 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4 2107 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
2108 2108
2109 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4 2109 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
2110 2110
2111 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list 2111 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
2112 of I2C Busses with muxes: 2112 of I2C Busses with muxes:
2113 2113
2114 => i2c bus 2114 => i2c bus
2115 Busses reached over muxes: 2115 Busses reached over muxes:
2116 Bus ID: 2 2116 Bus ID: 2
2117 reached over Mux(es): 2117 reached over Mux(es):
2118 pca9544a@70 ch: 4 2118 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
2119 Bus ID: 3 2119 Bus ID: 3
2120 reached over Mux(es): 2120 reached over Mux(es):
2121 pca9544a@70 ch: 6 2121 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
2122 pca9544a@71 ch: 4 2122 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
2123 => 2123 =>
2124 2124
2125 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3" 2125 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
2126 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable 2126 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
2127 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable 2127 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
2128 the channel 4. 2128 the channel 4.
2129 2129
2130 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as 2130 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
2131 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind 2131 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
2132 the 2 muxes. 2132 the 2 muxes.
2133 2133
2134 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging 2134 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
2135 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C 2135 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
2136 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult 2136 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
2137 to add this option to other architectures. 2137 to add this option to other architectures.
2138 2138
2139 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START 2139 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2140 2140
2141 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in 2141 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2142 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start 2142 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2143 between writing the address pointer and reading the 2143 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2144 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour 2144 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2145 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C 2145 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2146 devices can use either method, but some require one or 2146 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2147 the other. 2147 the other.
2148 2148
2149 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI 2149 - SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2150 2150
2151 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with 2151 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2152 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and 2152 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2153 D/As on the SACSng board) 2153 D/As on the SACSng board)
2154 2154
2155 CONFIG_SH_SPI 2155 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2156 2156
2157 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently 2157 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2158 only SH7757 is supported. 2158 only SH7757 is supported.
2159 2159
2160 CONFIG_SPI_X 2160 CONFIG_SPI_X
2161 2161
2162 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing. 2162 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2163 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X) 2163 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2164 2164
2165 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI 2165 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2166 2166
2167 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than 2167 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2168 using hardware support. This is a general purpose 2168 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2169 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins 2169 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2170 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is 2170 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2171 defined, the board configuration must define several 2171 defined, the board configuration must define several
2172 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For 2172 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2173 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h. 2173 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
2174 2174
2175 CONFIG_HARD_SPI 2175 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2176 2176
2177 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads 2177 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2178 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration 2178 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2179 must define a list of chip-select function pointers. 2179 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
2180 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an 2180 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
2181 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h. 2181 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2182 2182
2183 CONFIG_MXC_SPI 2183 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2184 2184
2185 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC 2185 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
2186 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported. 2186 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
2187 2187
2188 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA 2188 - FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2189 2189
2190 Enables FPGA subsystem. 2190 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2191 2191
2192 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor> 2192 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2193 2193
2194 Enables support for specific chip vendors. 2194 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2195 (ALTERA, XILINX) 2195 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2196 2196
2197 CONFIG_FPGA_<family> 2197 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2198 2198
2199 Enables support for FPGA family. 2199 Enables support for FPGA family.
2200 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX) 2200 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2201 2201
2202 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT 2202 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
2203 2203
2204 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support. 2204 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
2205 2205
2206 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK 2206 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
2207 2207
2208 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration. 2208 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
2209 2209
2210 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY 2210 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
2211 2211
2212 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy 2212 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2213 status by the configuration function. This option 2213 status by the configuration function. This option
2214 will require a board or device specific function to 2214 will require a board or device specific function to
2215 be written. 2215 be written.
2216 2216
2217 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY 2217 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2218 2218
2219 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA 2219 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2220 configuration driver. 2220 configuration driver.
2221 2221
2222 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC 2222 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
2223 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration 2223 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2224 2224
2225 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR 2225 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
2226 2226
2227 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile 2227 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2228 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II 2228 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2229 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which 2229 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2230 indicated a CRC error). 2230 indicated a CRC error).
2231 2231
2232 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT 2232 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
2233 2233
2234 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert 2234 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2235 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II 2235 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2236 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500 2236 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
2237 ms. 2237 ms.
2238 2238
2239 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY 2239 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
2240 2240
2241 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during 2241 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
2242 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms. 2242 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
2243 2243
2244 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG 2244 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
2245 2245
2246 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is 2246 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
2247 200 ms. 2247 200 ms.
2248 2248
2249 - Configuration Management: 2249 - Configuration Management:
2250 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING 2250 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2251 2251
2252 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot 2252 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2253 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION) 2253 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
2254 2254
2255 - Vendor Parameter Protection: 2255 - Vendor Parameter Protection:
2256 2256
2257 U-Boot considers the values of the environment 2257 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2258 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and 2258 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
2259 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that 2259 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
2260 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and 2260 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2261 protects these variables from casual modification by 2261 protects these variables from casual modification by
2262 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only, 2262 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2263 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can 2263 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
2264 change this behaviour: 2264 change this behaviour:
2265 2265
2266 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config 2266 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2267 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is 2267 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
2268 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete 2268 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
2269 these parameters. 2269 these parameters.
2270 2270
2271 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR 2271 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2272 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default 2272 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
2273 Ethernet address is installed in the environment, 2273 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
2274 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The 2274 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2275 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains 2275 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2276 read-only.] 2276 read-only.]
2277 2277
2278 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way 2278 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2279 for any variable by configuring the type of access 2279 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2280 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable 2280 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2281 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC. 2281 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2282 2282
2283 - Protected RAM: 2283 - Protected RAM:
2284 CONFIG_PRAM 2284 CONFIG_PRAM
2285 2285
2286 Define this variable to enable the reservation of 2286 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2287 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten 2287 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2288 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of 2288 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2289 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite 2289 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2290 this default value by defining an environment 2290 this default value by defining an environment
2291 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to 2291 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2292 reserve. Note that the board info structure will 2292 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2293 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is 2293 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2294 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will 2294 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2295 automatically be defined to hold the amount of 2295 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2296 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot 2296 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2297 argument to Linux, for instance like that: 2297 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2298 2298
2299 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem} 2299 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
2300 saveenv 2300 saveenv
2301 2301
2302 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory, 2302 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2303 either, which results in a memory region that will 2303 either, which results in a memory region that will
2304 not be affected by reboots. 2304 not be affected by reboots.
2305 2305
2306 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic 2306 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2307 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that 2307 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2308 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the 2308 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2309 following board configurations are known to be 2309 following board configurations are known to be
2310 "pRAM-clean": 2310 "pRAM-clean":
2311 2311
2312 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL, 2312 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2313 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, 2313 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
2314 FLAGADM, TQM8260 2314 FLAGADM, TQM8260
2315 2315
2316 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB) 2316 - Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2317 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not 2317 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2318 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures 2318 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2319 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit 2319 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2320 machines using physical address extension or similar. 2320 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2321 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which 2321 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2322 currently only supports clearing the memory. 2322 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2323 2323
2324 - Error Recovery: 2324 - Error Recovery:
2325 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG 2325 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2326 2326
2327 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a 2327 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2328 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually. 2328 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2329 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded 2329 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
2330 system where you want the system to reboot 2330 system where you want the system to reboot
2331 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be 2331 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2332 useful during development since you can try to debug 2332 useful during development since you can try to debug
2333 the conditions that lead to the situation. 2333 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2334 2334
2335 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT 2335 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2336 2336
2337 This variable defines the number of retries for 2337 This variable defines the number of retries for
2338 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP 2338 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2339 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a 2339 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2340 default value of 5 is used. 2340 default value of 5 is used.
2341 2341
2342 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT 2342 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2343 2343
2344 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds. 2344 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2345 2345
2346 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 2346 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2347 2347
2348 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol. 2348 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2349 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command, 2349 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2350 try longer timeout such as 2350 try longer timeout such as
2351 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL 2351 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2352 2352
2353 - Command Interpreter: 2353 - Command Interpreter:
2354 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE 2354 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
2355 2355
2356 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB. 2356 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2357 2357
2358 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet 2358 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2359 for the "hush" shell. 2359 for the "hush" shell.
2360 2360
2361 2361
2362 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER 2362 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
2363 2363
2364 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from 2364 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2365 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling 2365 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2366 powerful command line syntax like 2366 powerful command line syntax like
2367 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||' 2367 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2368 constructs ("shell scripts"). 2368 constructs ("shell scripts").
2369 2369
2370 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour 2370 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2371 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint. 2371 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2372 2372
2373 2373
2374 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 2374 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
2375 2375
2376 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is 2376 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2377 printed when the command interpreter needs more input 2377 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2378 to complete a command. Usually "> ". 2378 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2379 2379
2380 Note: 2380 Note:
2381 2381
2382 In the current implementation, the local variables 2382 In the current implementation, the local variables
2383 space and global environment variables space are 2383 space and global environment variables space are
2384 separated. Local variables are those you define by 2384 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2385 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local 2385 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2386 variable later on, you have write `$name' or 2386 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2387 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable 2387 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2388 directly type `$name' at the command prompt. 2388 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
2389 2389
2390 Global environment variables are those you use 2390 Global environment variables are those you use
2391 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored 2391 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2392 in such a variable, you need to use the run command, 2392 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2393 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them. 2393 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
2394 2394
2395 To store commands and special characters in a 2395 To store commands and special characters in a
2396 variable, please use double quotation marks 2396 variable, please use double quotation marks
2397 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead 2397 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2398 of the backslashes before semicolons and special 2398 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2399 symbols. 2399 symbols.
2400 2400
2401 - Commandline Editing and History: 2401 - Commandline Editing and History:
2402 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING 2402 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2403 2403
2404 Enable editing and History functions for interactive 2404 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
2405 commandline input operations 2405 commandline input operations
2406 2406
2407 - Default Environment: 2407 - Default Environment:
2408 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS 2408 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2409 2409
2410 Define this to contain any number of null terminated 2410 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2411 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of 2411 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
2412 the default environment compiled into the boot image. 2412 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
2413 2413
2414 For example, place something like this in your 2414 For example, place something like this in your
2415 board's config file: 2415 board's config file:
2416 2416
2417 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \ 2417 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2418 "myvar1=value1\0" \ 2418 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2419 "myvar2=value2\0" 2419 "myvar2=value2\0"
2420 2420
2421 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the 2421 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2422 internal format how the environment is stored by the 2422 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2423 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported 2423 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2424 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format 2424 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
2425 will change soon, there is no guarantee either. 2425 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
2426 You better know what you are doing here. 2426 You better know what you are doing here.
2427 2427
2428 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is 2428 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2429 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset 2429 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
2430 the environment like the "source" command or the 2430 the environment like the "source" command or the
2431 boot command first. 2431 boot command first.
2432 2432
2433 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG 2433 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2434 2434
2435 Define this in order to add variables describing the 2435 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2436 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment. 2436 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2437 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc. 2437 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2438 2438
2439 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined: 2439 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2440 2440
2441 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH 2441 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2442 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU 2442 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2443 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD 2443 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2444 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR 2444 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2445 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC 2445 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2446 2446
2447 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG 2447 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2448 2448
2449 Define this in order to add variables describing certain 2449 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2450 run-time determined information about the hardware to the 2450 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2451 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev. 2451 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2452 2452
2453 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT 2453 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2454 2454
2455 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is 2455 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2456 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits 2456 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2457 that so that the environment is not available until 2457 that so that the environment is not available until
2458 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL 2458 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2459 this is instead controlled by the value of 2459 this is instead controlled by the value of
2460 /config/load-environment. 2460 /config/load-environment.
2461 2461
2462 - DataFlash Support: 2462 - DataFlash Support:
2463 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH 2463 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2464 2464
2465 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and 2465 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2466 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard 2466 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2467 commands cp, md... 2467 commands cp, md...
2468 2468
2469 - Serial Flash support 2469 - Serial Flash support
2470 CONFIG_CMD_SF 2470 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2471 2471
2472 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands 2472 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2473 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'. 2473 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2474 2474
2475 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial 2475 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2476 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update 2476 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2477 commands. 2477 commands.
2478 2478
2479 The following defaults may be provided by the platform 2479 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2480 to handle the common case when only a single serial 2480 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2481 flash is present on the system. 2481 flash is present on the system.
2482 2482
2483 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier 2483 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2484 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select 2484 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2485 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h) 2485 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2486 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz 2486 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2487 2487
2488 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST 2488 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2489 2489
2490 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash 2490 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2491 test ('sf test'). 2491 test ('sf test').
2492 2492
2493 - SystemACE Support: 2493 - SystemACE Support:
2494 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2494 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2495 2495
2496 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE 2496 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2497 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address 2497 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
2498 of the chip must also be defined in the 2498 of the chip must also be defined in the
2499 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example: 2499 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
2500 2500
2501 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE 2501 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2502 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000 2502 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
2503 2503
2504 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type 2504 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2505 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls. 2505 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2506 2506
2507 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port: 2507 - TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2508 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT 2508 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2509 2509
2510 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp 2510 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
2511 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value. 2511 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
2512 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port 2512 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
2513 number generator is used. 2513 number generator is used.
2514 2514
2515 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply 2515 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2516 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't 2516 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2517 defined, the normal port 69 is used. 2517 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2518 2518
2519 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to 2519 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
2520 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured 2520 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2521 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of 2521 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2522 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing 2522 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2523 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally. 2523 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2524 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall, 2524 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2525 but sometimes that is not allowed. 2525 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2526 2526
2527 - Hashing support: 2527 - Hashing support:
2528 CONFIG_CMD_HASH 2528 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2529 2529
2530 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce 2530 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2531 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256). 2531 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2532 2532
2533 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY 2533 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2534 2534
2535 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code 2535 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2536 size a little. 2536 size a little.
2537 2537
2538 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing 2538 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2539 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing 2539 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2540 2540
2541 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps 2541 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2542 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'. 2542 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2543 2543
2544 - Show boot progress: 2544 - Show boot progress:
2545 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS 2545 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2546 2546
2547 Defining this option allows to add some board- 2547 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2548 specific code (calling a user-provided function 2548 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2549 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show 2549 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2550 the system's boot progress on some display (for 2550 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2551 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment, 2551 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2552 the following checkpoints are implemented: 2552 the following checkpoints are implemented:
2553 2553
2554 - Detailed boot stage timing 2554 - Detailed boot stage timing
2555 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE 2555 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
2556 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage 2556 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
2557 of the boot process. 2557 of the boot process.
2558 2558
2559 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT 2559 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
2560 This is the number of available user bootstage records. 2560 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
2561 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...) 2561 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
2562 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed 2562 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
2563 the limit, recording will stop. 2563 the limit, recording will stop.
2564 2564
2565 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT 2565 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
2566 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this: 2566 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
2567 2567
2568 Timer summary in microseconds: 2568 Timer summary in microseconds:
2569 Mark Elapsed Stage 2569 Mark Elapsed Stage
2570 0 0 reset 2570 0 0 reset
2571 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start 2571 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
2572 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9 2572 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
2573 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done 2573 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
2574 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start 2574 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
2575 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop 2575 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
2576 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start 2576 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
2577 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel 2577 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
2578 2578
2579 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE 2579 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
2580 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report 2580 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
2581 and un/stashing of bootstage data. 2581 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
2582 2582
2583 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT 2583 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
2584 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage' 2584 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
2585 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child 2585 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
2586 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the 2586 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
2587 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the 2587 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
2588 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds. 2588 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
2589 For example: 2589 For example:
2590 2590
2591 bootstage { 2591 bootstage {
2592 154 { 2592 154 {
2593 name = "board_init_f"; 2593 name = "board_init_f";
2594 mark = <3575678>; 2594 mark = <3575678>;
2595 }; 2595 };
2596 170 { 2596 170 {
2597 name = "lcd"; 2597 name = "lcd";
2598 accum = <33482>; 2598 accum = <33482>;
2599 }; 2599 };
2600 }; 2600 };
2601 2601
2602 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree. 2602 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
2603 2603
2604 Legacy uImage format: 2604 Legacy uImage format:
2605 2605
2606 Arg Where When 2606 Arg Where When
2607 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image 2607 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
2608 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number 2608 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
2609 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number 2609 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
2610 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum 2610 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
2611 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum 2611 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
2612 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum 2612 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
2613 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum 2613 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2614 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture 2614 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2615 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2615 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
2616 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi) 2616 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
2617 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK 2617 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2618 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error 2618 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2619 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type 2619 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2620 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK 2620 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
2621 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error 2621 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
2622 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX) 2622 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
2623 2623
2624 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2624 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2625 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number 2625 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2626 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum 2626 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2627 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK 2627 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2628 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum 2628 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2629 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum 2629 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2630 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading 2630 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
2631 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk) 2631 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
2632 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification 2632 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2633 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue. 2633 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2634 2634
2635 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS 2635 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
2636 2636
2637 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system 2637 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
2638 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog() 2638 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2639 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single() 2639 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
2640 2640
2641 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device 2641 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2642 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command 2642 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2643 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command 2643 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2644 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device 2644 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2645 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device 2645 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2646 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2646 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2647 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available 2647 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2648 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device 2648 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2649 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK 2649 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2650 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number 2650 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2651 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2651 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2652 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device 2652 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2653 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number 2653 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2654 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device 2654 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2655 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command 2655 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2656 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command 2656 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2657 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device 2657 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2658 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found 2658 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2659 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available 2659 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2660 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available 2660 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2661 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected 2661 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2662 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected 2662 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2663 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table 2663 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2664 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found 2664 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2665 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type 2665 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2666 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type 2666 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2667 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2667 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2668 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK 2668 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2669 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number 2669 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2670 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number 2670 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2671 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum 2671 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2672 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum 2672 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2673 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device 2673 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2674 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK 2674 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2675 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device 2675 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2676 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command 2676 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2677 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command 2677 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2678 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device 2678 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2679 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found 2679 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2680 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device 2680 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2681 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available 2681 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2682 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device 2682 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2683 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK 2683 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2684 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number 2684 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2685 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number 2685 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2686 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device 2686 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2687 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK 2687 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
2688 2688
2689 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default 2689 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
2690 2690
2691 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration. 2691 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
2692 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found. 2692 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2693 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found. 2693 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
2694 2694
2695 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong 2695 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2696 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop() 2696 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
2697 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred 2697 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
2698 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error 2698 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2699 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded) 2699 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2700 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot 2700 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
2701 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command 2701 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2702 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command 2702 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
2703 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors 2703 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
2704 2704
2705 FIT uImage format: 2705 FIT uImage format:
2706 2706
2707 Arg Where When 2707 Arg Where When
2708 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format 2708 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2709 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format 2709 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2710 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration 2710 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2711 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage 2711 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2712 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified 2712 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2713 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset 2713 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
2714 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node 2714 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
2715 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset 2715 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2716 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed 2716 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2717 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK 2717 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2718 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture 2718 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2719 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK 2719 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
2720 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type 2720 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2721 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK 2721 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
2722 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size 2722 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2723 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size 2723 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2724 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT) 2724 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2725 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type 2725 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2726 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp 2726 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2727 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os 2727 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2728 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address 2728 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2729 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error 2729 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2730 2730
2731 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification 2731 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2732 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format 2732 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2733 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format 2733 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
2734 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration 2734 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
2735 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage 2735 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2736 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified 2736 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2737 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset 2737 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2738 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset 2738 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2739 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed 2739 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2740 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK 2740 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2741 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture 2741 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2742 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK 2742 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2743 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size 2743 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2744 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size 2744 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2745 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address 2745 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2746 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address 2746 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2747 2747
2748 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format 2748 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
2749 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK 2749 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2750 2750
2751 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format 2751 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
2752 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK 2752 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2753 2753
2754 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format 2754 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
2755 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK 2755 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2756 2756
2757 - FIT image support: 2757 - FIT image support:
2758 CONFIG_FIT 2758 CONFIG_FIT
2759 Enable support for the FIT uImage format. 2759 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
2760 2760
2761 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH 2761 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
2762 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the 2762 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
2763 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of 2763 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
2764 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the 2764 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
2765 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node. 2765 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
2766 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored. 2766 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
2767 2767
2768 - Standalone program support: 2768 - Standalone program support:
2769 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR 2769 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2770 2770
2771 This option defines a board specific value for the 2771 This option defines a board specific value for the
2772 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus 2772 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2773 overwriting the architecture dependent default 2773 overwriting the architecture dependent default
2774 settings. 2774 settings.
2775 2775
2776 - Frame Buffer Address: 2776 - Frame Buffer Address:
2777 CONFIG_FB_ADDR 2777 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2778 2778
2779 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific 2779 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2780 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case 2780 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
2781 when using a graphics controller has separate video 2781 when using a graphics controller has separate video
2782 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at 2782 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
2783 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it 2783 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
2784 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs 2784 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
2785 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the 2785 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
2786 configured panel size. 2786 configured panel size.
2787 2787
2788 Please see board_init_f function. 2788 Please see board_init_f function.
2789 2789
2790 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server 2790 - Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2791 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP 2791 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2792 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX 2792 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2793 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX 2793 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2794 2794
2795 These options enable and control the auto-update feature; 2795 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2796 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update. 2796 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2797 2797
2798 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support) 2798 - MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2799 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE 2799 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2800 2800
2801 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel. 2801 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2802 Needed for mtdparts command support. 2802 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2803 2803
2804 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS 2804 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2805 2805
2806 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux 2806 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2807 kernel. Needed for UBI support. 2807 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2808 2808
2809 - UBI support 2809 - UBI support
2810 CONFIG_CMD_UBI 2810 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
2811 2811
2812 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted 2812 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
2813 with the UBI flash translation layer 2813 with the UBI flash translation layer
2814 2814
2815 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE 2815 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
2816 2816
2817 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 2817 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
2818 2818
2819 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves 2819 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
2820 warnings and errors enabled. 2820 warnings and errors enabled.
2821 2821
2822 - UBIFS support 2822 - UBIFS support
2823 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS 2823 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
2824 2824
2825 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as 2825 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
2826 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot. 2826 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
2827 2827
2828 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO 2828 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
2829 2829
2830 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 2830 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
2831 2831
2832 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves 2832 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
2833 warnings and errors enabled. 2833 warnings and errors enabled.
2834 2834
2835 - SPL framework 2835 - SPL framework
2836 CONFIG_SPL 2836 CONFIG_SPL
2837 Enable building of SPL globally. 2837 Enable building of SPL globally.
2838 2838
2839 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT 2839 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2840 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary. 2840 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
2841 2841
2842 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT 2842 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
2843 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included. 2843 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
2844 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory 2844 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
2845 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 2845 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
2846 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 2846 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2847 must not be both defined at the same time. 2847 must not be both defined at the same time.
2848 2848
2849 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE 2849 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
2850 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and 2850 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
2851 linker lists sections), BSS excluded. 2851 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
2852 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does 2852 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
2853 not exceed it. 2853 not exceed it.
2854 2854
2855 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE 2855 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2856 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary. 2856 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
2857 2857
2858 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE 2858 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
2859 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to 2859 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
2860 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done). 2860 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
2861 2861
2862 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR 2862 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
2863 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary. 2863 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
2864 2864
2865 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 2865 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2866 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS. 2866 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
2867 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used 2867 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
2868 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it. 2868 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
2869 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE 2869 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
2870 must not be both defined at the same time. 2870 must not be both defined at the same time.
2871 2871
2872 CONFIG_SPL_STACK 2872 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
2873 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use 2873 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
2874 2874
2875 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK 2875 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
2876 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after 2876 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
2877 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to 2877 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
2878 CONFIG_SPL_STACK. 2878 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
2879 2879
2880 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START 2880 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
2881 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL. 2881 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2882 2882
2883 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE 2883 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
2884 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL. 2884 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
2885 2885
2886 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK 2886 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
2887 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework 2887 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
2888 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND 2888 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
2889 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel. 2889 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
2890 2890
2891 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT 2891 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
2892 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information 2892 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
2893 about the running system. 2893 about the running system.
2894 2894
2895 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL 2895 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
2896 Arch init code should be built for a very small image 2896 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
2897 2897
2898 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT 2898 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2899 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary 2899 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
2900 2900
2901 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT 2901 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2902 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary 2902 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
2903 2903
2904 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT 2904 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2905 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary 2905 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
2906 2906
2907 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT 2907 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2908 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary 2908 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
2909 2909
2910 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT 2910 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2911 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary 2911 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
2912 2912
2913 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR, 2913 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
2914 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS, 2914 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
2915 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION 2915 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
2916 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from 2916 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
2917 when the MMC is being used in raw mode. 2917 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
2918 2918
2919 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT 2919 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2920 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary 2920 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
2921 2921
2922 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME 2922 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
2923 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT 2923 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
2924 2924
2925 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND 2925 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
2926 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that 2926 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
2927 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before 2927 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
2928 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just 2928 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
2929 loading the first page rather than the full 4K). 2929 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
2930 2930
2931 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE 2931 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
2932 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires 2932 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
2933 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS. 2933 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
2934 2934
2935 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS 2935 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
2936 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers. 2936 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
2937 2937
2938 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC 2938 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
2939 Include standard software ECC in the SPL 2939 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
2940 2940
2941 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE 2941 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
2942 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that 2942 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
2943 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface. 2943 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
2944 2944
2945 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT, 2945 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
2946 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE, 2946 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
2947 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS, 2947 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
2948 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE, 2948 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
2949 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES 2949 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
2950 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses 2950 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
2951 to read U-Boot 2951 to read U-Boot
2952 2952
2953 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS 2953 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
2954 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from 2954 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
2955 2955
2956 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST 2956 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
2957 Location in memory to load U-Boot to 2957 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
2958 2958
2959 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE 2959 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
2960 Size of image to load 2960 Size of image to load
2961 2961
2962 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START 2962 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
2963 Entry point in loaded image to jump to 2963 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
2964 2964
2965 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST 2965 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
2966 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the 2966 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
2967 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms. 2967 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
2968 2968
2969 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND 2969 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
2970 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the 2970 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
2971 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present. 2971 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
2972 2972
2973 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT 2973 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2974 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary 2974 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
2975 2975
2976 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT 2976 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2977 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary 2977 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
2978 2978
2979 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT 2979 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2980 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary 2980 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
2981 2981
2982 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE 2982 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
2983 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary 2983 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
2984 2984
2985 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT 2985 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2986 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary 2986 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
2987 2987
2988 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO 2988 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
2989 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending 2989 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
2990 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as 2990 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
2991 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined. 2991 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
2992 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL 2992 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
2993 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE. 2993 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
2994 2994
2995 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET 2995 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
2996 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs 2996 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
2997 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for 2997 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
2998 example if more than one image needs to be produced. 2998 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
2999 2999
3000 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3001 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3002 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3003 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3004 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3005
3000 Modem Support: 3006 Modem Support:
3001 -------------- 3007 --------------
3002 3008
3003 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards] 3009 [so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
3004 3010
3005 - Modem support enable: 3011 - Modem support enable:
3006 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT 3012 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3007 3013
3008 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable: 3014 - RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3009 CONFIG_HWFLOW 3015 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3010 3016
3011 - Modem debug support: 3017 - Modem debug support:
3012 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG 3018 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3013 3019
3014 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg()) 3020 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3015 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000. 3021 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
3016 3022
3017 - Interrupt support (PPC): 3023 - Interrupt support (PPC):
3018 3024
3019 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt() 3025 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3020 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu() 3026 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
3021 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu() 3027 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
3022 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If 3028 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
3023 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt 3029 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
3024 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero. 3030 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
3025 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU 3031 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
3026 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led 3032 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3027 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from 3033 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3028 general timer_interrupt(). 3034 general timer_interrupt().
3029 3035
3030 - General: 3036 - General:
3031 3037
3032 In the target system modem support is enabled when a 3038 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3033 specific key (key combination) is pressed during 3039 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3034 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally 3040 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
3035 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from 3041 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
3036 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy 3042 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3037 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem 3043 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3038 initialization. 3044 initialization.
3039 3045
3040 If there are no modem init strings in the 3046 If there are no modem init strings in the
3041 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the 3047 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3042 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be 3048 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
3043 suppressed, though. 3049 suppressed, though.
3044 3050
3045 See also: doc/README.Modem 3051 See also: doc/README.Modem
3046 3052
3047 Board initialization settings: 3053 Board initialization settings:
3048 ------------------------------ 3054 ------------------------------
3049 3055
3050 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions 3056 During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3051 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup 3057 to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3052 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the 3058 before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3053 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is 3059 following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3054 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c 3060 architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3055 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r(). 3061 typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3056 3062
3057 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f() 3063 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3058 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r() 3064 - CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3059 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init() 3065 - CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3060 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init() 3066 - CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
3061 3067
3062 Configuration Settings: 3068 Configuration Settings:
3063 ----------------------- 3069 -----------------------
3064 3070
3065 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included; 3071 - CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
3066 undefine this when you're short of memory. 3072 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3067 3073
3068 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default 3074 - CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3069 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output. 3075 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3070 3076
3071 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to 3077 - CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
3072 prompt for user input. 3078 prompt for user input.
3073 3079
3074 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console 3080 - CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
3075 3081
3076 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output 3082 - CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
3077 3083
3078 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands 3084 - CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
3079 3085
3080 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to 3086 - CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
3081 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is 3087 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3082 booted 3088 booted
3083 3089
3084 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE: 3090 - CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
3085 List of legal baudrate settings for this board. 3091 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3086 3092
3087 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET 3093 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
3088 Suppress display of console information at boot. 3094 Suppress display of console information at boot.
3089 3095
3090 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV 3096 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
3091 If the board specific function 3097 If the board specific function
3092 extern int overwrite_console (void); 3098 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3093 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the 3099 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
3094 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used. 3100 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3095 3101
3096 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE 3102 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
3097 Enable the call to overwrite_console(). 3103 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
3098 3104
3099 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE 3105 - CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
3100 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings. 3106 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3101 3107
3102 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END: 3108 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
3103 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the 3109 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3104 simple memory test. 3110 simple memory test.
3105 3111
3106 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST: 3112 - CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
3107 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test. 3113 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
3108 3114
3109 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH: 3115 - CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
3110 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test 3116 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3111 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable 3117 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3112 3118
3113 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only): 3119 - CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3114 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header, 3120 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
3115 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top 3121 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
3116 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By 3122 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
3117 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed 3123 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3118 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either. 3124 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3119 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux 3125 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
3120 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that 3126 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
3121 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup 3127 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
3122 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally. 3128 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
3123 3129
3124 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx 3130 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3125 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't 3131 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3126 be touched. 3132 be touched.
3127 3133
3128 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of 3134 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3129 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case, 3135 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3130 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a 3136 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3131 non page size aligned address and this could cause major 3137 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3132 problems. 3138 problems.
3133 3139
3134 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE: 3140 - CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
3135 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download 3141 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3136 3142
3137 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE: 3143 - CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
3138 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here. 3144 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3139 3145
3140 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE: 3146 - CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
3141 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a 3147 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3142 Cogent motherboard) 3148 Cogent motherboard)
3143 3149
3144 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE: 3150 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
3145 Physical start address of Flash memory. 3151 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3146 3152
3147 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE: 3153 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
3148 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by 3154 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3149 make config files to be same as the text base address 3155 make config files to be same as the text base address
3150 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as 3156 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
3151 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash. 3157 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
3152 3158
3153 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN: 3159 - CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
3154 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to 3160 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3155 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is 3161 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3156 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate 3162 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3157 flash sector. 3163 flash sector.
3158 3164
3159 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN: 3165 - CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
3160 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use. 3166 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3161 3167
3162 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN: 3168 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
3163 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an 3169 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3164 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough, 3170 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
3165 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file 3171 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
3166 to adjust this setting to your needs. 3172 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3167 3173
3168 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ: 3174 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
3169 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of 3175 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3170 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by 3176 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
3171 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if 3177 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3172 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low" 3178 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
3173 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case 3179 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
3174 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low" 3180 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
3175 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment 3181 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
3176 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of 3182 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3177 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined, 3183 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3178 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead. 3184 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
3179 3185
3180 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH: 3186 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3181 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the 3187 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3182 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand 3188 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3183 is enabled. 3189 is enabled.
3184 3190
3185 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE: 3191 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3186 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between 3192 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3187 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3193 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3188 3194
3189 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD: 3195 - CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3190 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in 3196 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3191 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ. 3197 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3192 3198
3193 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS: 3199 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
3194 Max number of Flash memory banks 3200 Max number of Flash memory banks
3195 3201
3196 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT: 3202 - CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
3197 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip 3203 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3198 3204
3199 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT: 3205 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
3200 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms) 3206 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3201 3207
3202 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT: 3208 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
3203 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms) 3209 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3204 3210
3205 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT 3211 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
3206 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms) 3212 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3207 3213
3208 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT 3214 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
3209 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms) 3215 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3210 3216
3211 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION 3217 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
3212 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used 3218 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3213 instead of U-Boot software protection. 3219 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3214 3220
3215 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP: 3221 - CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
3216 3222
3217 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory; 3223 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3218 without this option such a download has to be 3224 without this option such a download has to be
3219 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2) 3225 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3220 copy from RAM to flash. 3226 copy from RAM to flash.
3221 3227
3222 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since 3228 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3223 you can check if the download worked before you erase 3229 you can check if the download worked before you erase
3224 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is 3230 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3225 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the 3231 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
3226 downloaded image) this option may be very useful. 3232 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3227 3233
3228 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI: 3234 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
3229 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the 3235 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
3230 common flash structure for storing flash geometry. 3236 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3231 3237
3232 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER 3238 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
3233 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver 3239 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3234 in the drivers directory 3240 in the drivers directory
3235 3241
3236 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD 3242 - CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3237 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver 3243 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3238 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash 3244 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3239 to the MTD layer. 3245 to the MTD layer.
3240 3246
3241 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE 3247 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
3242 Use buffered writes to flash. 3248 Use buffered writes to flash.
3243 3249
3244 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N 3250 - CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3245 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered 3251 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3246 write commands. 3252 write commands.
3247 3253
3248 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST 3254 - CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
3249 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't 3255 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3250 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This 3256 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3251 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only 3257 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3252 optionally available. 3258 optionally available.
3253 3259
3254 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS 3260 - CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3255 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown 3261 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3256 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80 3262 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3257 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays. 3263 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3258 3264
3259 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY 3265 - CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3260 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared 3266 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3261 against the source after the write operation. An error message 3267 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3262 will be printed when the contents are not identical. 3268 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3263 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases, 3269 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3264 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier 3270 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3265 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable 3271 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3266 this option if you really know what you are doing. 3272 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3267 3273
3268 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER: 3274 - CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
3269 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some 3275 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3270 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value 3276 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
3271 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all 3277 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3272 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface 3278 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
3273 on high Ethernet traffic. 3279 on high Ethernet traffic.
3274 Defaults to 4 if not defined. 3280 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3275 3281
3276 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES 3282 - CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3277 3283
3278 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used 3284 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3279 internally to store the environment settings. The default 3285 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3280 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most 3286 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3281 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see 3287 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3282 lib/hashtable.c for details. 3288 lib/hashtable.c for details.
3283 3289
3284 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3290 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3285 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3291 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3286 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when 3292 Enable validation of the values given to enviroment variables when
3287 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal, 3293 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3288 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined, 3294 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3289 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address. 3295 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3290 3296
3291 The format of the list is: 3297 The format of the list is:
3292 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m] 3298 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
3293 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c] 3299 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3294 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute] 3300 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
3295 entry = variable_name[:attributes] 3301 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3296 list = entry[,list] 3302 list = entry[,list]
3297 3303
3298 The type attributes are: 3304 The type attributes are:
3299 s - String (default) 3305 s - String (default)
3300 d - Decimal 3306 d - Decimal
3301 x - Hexadecimal 3307 x - Hexadecimal
3302 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF]) 3308 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3303 i - IP address 3309 i - IP address
3304 m - MAC address 3310 m - MAC address
3305 3311
3306 The access attributes are: 3312 The access attributes are:
3307 a - Any (default) 3313 a - Any (default)
3308 r - Read-only 3314 r - Read-only
3309 o - Write-once 3315 o - Write-once
3310 c - Change-default 3316 c - Change-default
3311 3317
3312 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT 3318 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3313 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags" 3319 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3314 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 3320 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3315 3321
3316 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC 3322 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3317 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that 3323 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3318 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags" 3324 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3319 environment variable. To override a setting in the static 3325 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3320 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the 3326 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3321 ".flags" variable. 3327 ".flags" variable.
3322 3328
3323 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE 3329 - CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3324 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable 3330 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3325 access flags. 3331 access flags.
3326 3332
3327 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD 3333 - CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3328 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the 3334 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3329 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards 3335 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3330 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the 3336 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3331 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and 3337 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3332 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture 3338 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3333 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in 3339 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3334 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on 3340 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3335 your board please report the problem and send patches! 3341 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3336 3342
3337 - CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS 3343 - CONFIG_SYS_SYM_OFFSETS
3338 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols 3344 This is set by architectures that use offsets for link symbols
3339 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an 3345 instead of absolute values. So bss_start is obtained using an
3340 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than 3346 offset _bss_start_ofs from CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE, rather than
3341 directly. You should not need to touch this setting. 3347 directly. You should not need to touch this setting.
3342 3348
3343 3349
3344 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management 3350 The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3345 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the 3351 of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3346 following configurations: 3352 following configurations:
3347 3353
3348 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC: 3354 - CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3349 3355
3350 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils 3356 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3351 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images. 3357 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3352 3358
3353 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH: 3359 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
3354 3360
3355 Define this if the environment is in flash memory. 3361 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3356 3362
3357 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is 3363 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3358 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This 3364 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3359 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot 3365 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3360 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller 3366 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3361 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a 3367 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3362 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In 3368 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3363 such a case you would place the environment in one of the 3369 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3364 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With 3370 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3365 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the 3371 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3366 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap 3372 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3367 between U-Boot and the environment. 3373 between U-Boot and the environment.
3368 3374
3369 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3375 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3370 3376
3371 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the 3377 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3372 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot 3378 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3373 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset 3379 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3374 for this sector is given here. 3380 for this sector is given here.
3375 3381
3376 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE. 3382 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
3377 3383
3378 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3384 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3379 3385
3380 This is just another way to specify the start address of 3386 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3381 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of 3387 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
3382 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET). 3388 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
3383 3389
3384 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE: 3390 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
3385 3391
3386 Size of the sector containing the environment. 3392 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3387 3393
3388 3394
3389 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors. 3395 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3390 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for 3396 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3391 the environment. 3397 the environment.
3392 3398
3393 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3399 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3394 3400
3395 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH 3401 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
3396 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part 3402 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
3397 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves 3403 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3398 memory for the RAM copy of the environment. 3404 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3399 3405
3400 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this 3406 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3401 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code, 3407 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3402 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used 3408 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3403 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is 3409 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3404 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view: 3410 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3405 updating the environment in flash makes it always 3411 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3406 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes 3412 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3407 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in 3413 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3408 RAM, your target system will be dead. 3414 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3409 3415
3410 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND 3416 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3411 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND 3417 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
3412 3418
3413 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold 3419 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
3414 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is 3420 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
3415 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during 3421 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
3416 a "saveenv" operation. 3422 a "saveenv" operation.
3417 3423
3418 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the 3424 BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3419 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds* 3425 source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3420 accordingly! 3426 accordingly!
3421 3427
3422 3428
3423 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM: 3429 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
3424 3430
3425 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device 3431 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3426 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the 3432 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3427 environment. 3433 environment.
3428 3434
3429 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3435 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3430 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3436 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3431 3437
3432 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you 3438 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
3433 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory 3439 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3434 can just be read and written to, without any special 3440 can just be read and written to, without any special
3435 provision. 3441 provision.
3436 3442
3437 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early 3443 BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3438 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the 3444 in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
3439 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or 3445 console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
3440 U-Boot will hang. 3446 U-Boot will hang.
3441 3447
3442 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the 3448 Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3443 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to 3449 environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3444 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv" 3450 keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3445 to save the current settings. 3451 to save the current settings.
3446 3452
3447 3453
3448 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM: 3454 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
3449 3455
3450 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access 3456 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3451 device and a driver for it. 3457 device and a driver for it.
3452 3458
3453 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3459 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3454 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3460 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3455 3461
3456 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the 3462 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3457 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM. 3463 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3458 3464
3459 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR: 3465 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
3460 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device. 3466 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3461 The default address is zero. 3467 The default address is zero.
3462 3468
3463 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS: 3469 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
3464 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a 3470 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3465 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example 3471 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3466 would require six bits. 3472 would require six bits.
3467 3473
3468 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS: 3474 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
3469 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between 3475 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
3470 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds. 3476 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
3471 3477
3472 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN: 3478 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
3473 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note 3479 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3474 that this is NOT the chip address length! 3480 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3475 3481
3476 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW: 3482 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
3477 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones 3483 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3478 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of 3484 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3479 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit 3485 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3480 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256 3486 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
3481 byte chips. 3487 byte chips.
3482 3488
3483 Note that we consider the length of the address field to 3489 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
3484 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden 3490 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
3485 in the chip address. 3491 in the chip address.
3486 3492
3487 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE: 3493 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
3488 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device. 3494 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
3489 3495
3490 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C 3496 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
3491 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your 3497 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
3492 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus. 3498 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
3493 3499
3494 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 3500 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
3495 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over 3501 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
3496 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this 3502 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
3497 EEPROM. For example: 3503 EEPROM. For example:
3498 3504
3499 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0" 3505 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
3500 3506
3501 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over 3507 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
3502 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3. 3508 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
3503 3509
3504 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH: 3510 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
3505 3511
3506 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you 3512 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
3507 want to use for the environment. 3513 want to use for the environment.
3508 3514
3509 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3515 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3510 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3516 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3511 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3517 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3512 3518
3513 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the 3519 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
3514 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed 3520 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
3515 at the specified address. 3521 at the specified address.
3516 3522
3517 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE: 3523 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
3518 3524
3519 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you 3525 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
3520 want to use for the local device's environment. 3526 want to use for the local device's environment.
3521 3527
3522 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR: 3528 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3523 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3529 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3524 3530
3525 These two #defines specify the address and size of the 3531 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
3526 environment area within the remote memory space. The 3532 environment area within the remote memory space. The
3527 local device can get the environment from remote memory 3533 local device can get the environment from remote memory
3528 space by SRIO or PCIE links. 3534 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
3529 3535
3530 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use 3536 BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
3531 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the 3537 "saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
3532 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link, 3538 environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
3533 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface. 3539 but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
3534 3540
3535 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND: 3541 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
3536 3542
3537 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use 3543 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
3538 for the environment. 3544 for the environment.
3539 3545
3540 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET: 3546 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3541 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE: 3547 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
3542 3548
3543 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment 3549 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
3544 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be 3550 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
3545 aligned to an erase block boundary. 3551 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3546 3552
3547 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional): 3553 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
3548 3554
3549 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE 3555 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
3550 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so 3556 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
3551 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure 3557 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
3552 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be 3558 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
3553 aligned to an erase block boundary. 3559 aligned to an erase block boundary.
3554 3560
3555 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional): 3561 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
3556 3562
3557 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment 3563 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
3558 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's 3564 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
3559 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than 3565 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
3560 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within 3566 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
3561 the range to be avoided. 3567 the range to be avoided.
3562 3568
3563 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional): 3569 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
3564 3570
3565 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the 3571 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
3566 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The 3572 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
3567 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset. 3573 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
3568 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when 3574 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
3569 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB. 3575 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
3570 3576
3571 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST 3577 - CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
3572 3578
3573 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the 3579 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
3574 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to 3580 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
3575 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE. 3581 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
3576 3582
3577 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI: 3583 - CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
3578 3584
3579 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the 3585 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
3580 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment 3586 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
3581 accesses, which is important on NAND. 3587 accesses, which is important on NAND.
3582 3588
3583 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART: 3589 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
3584 3590
3585 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI. 3591 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
3586 3592
3587 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME: 3593 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
3588 3594
3589 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the 3595 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
3590 environment in. 3596 environment in.
3591 3597
3592 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND: 3598 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
3593 3599
3594 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of 3600 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
3595 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI. 3601 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
3596 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition. 3602 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
3597 3603
3598 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG 3604 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3599 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG 3605 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3600 3606
3601 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system 3607 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
3602 when storing the env in UBI. 3608 when storing the env in UBI.
3603 3609
3604 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET 3610 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
3605 3611
3606 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The 3612 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
3607 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment 3613 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
3608 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte 3614 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
3609 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization 3615 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
3610 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems 3616 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
3611 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the 3617 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
3612 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer. 3618 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
3613 3619
3614 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor 3620 Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
3615 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been 3621 has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
3616 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f() 3622 created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
3617 until then to read environment variables. 3623 until then to read environment variables.
3618 3624
3619 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor 3625 The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
3620 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working 3626 is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
3621 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is 3627 with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3622 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the 3628 necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3623 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't 3629 "baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3624 have any device yet where we could complain.] 3630 have any device yet where we could complain.]
3625 3631
3626 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if 3632 Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3627 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you 3633 the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
3628 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment. 3634 use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
3629 3635
3630 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN: 3636 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
3631 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED. 3637 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
3632 3638
3633 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR 3639 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
3634 also needs to be defined. 3640 also needs to be defined.
3635 3641
3636 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR: 3642 - CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
3637 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state. 3643 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
3638 3644
3639 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS: 3645 - CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3640 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init 3646 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3641 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at 3647 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3642 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving 3648 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3643 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not 3649 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3644 limited to NAND_SPL configurations. 3650 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3645 3651
3646 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO 3652 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
3647 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on 3653 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
3648 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called 3654 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
3649 to do this. 3655 to do this.
3650 3656
3651 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE 3657 - CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
3652 Similar to the previous option, but display this information 3658 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
3653 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if 3659 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
3654 present. 3660 present.
3655 3661
3656 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options: 3662 Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
3657 --------------------------------------------------- 3663 ---------------------------------------------------
3658 3664
3659 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE: 3665 - CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
3660 Cache Line Size of the CPU. 3666 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3661 3667
3662 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR: 3668 - CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
3663 Default address of the IMMR after system reset. 3669 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
3664 3670
3665 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU, 3671 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3666 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of 3672 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3667 the IMMR register after a reset. 3673 the IMMR register after a reset.
3668 3674
3669 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT: 3675 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3670 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale 3676 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3671 PowerPC SOCs. 3677 PowerPC SOCs.
3672 3678
3673 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR: 3679 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3674 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically 3680 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3675 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. 3681 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3676 3682
3677 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value, 3683 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3678 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead. 3684 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3679 3685
3680 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS: 3686 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3681 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new 3687 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3682 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should 3688 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
3683 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the 3689 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
3684 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR 3690 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3685 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended 3691 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3686 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros: 3692 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3687 3693
3688 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH 3694 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3689 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW) 3695 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3690 3696
3691 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH: 3697 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
3692 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically 3698 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3693 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is 3699 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
3694 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 3700 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3695 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 3701 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3696 3702
3697 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW: 3703 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3698 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is 3704 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3699 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or 3705 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3700 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL"). 3706 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3701 3707
3702 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE: 3708 - CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3703 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be 3709 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3704 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated. 3710 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3705 3711
3706 - Floppy Disk Support: 3712 - Floppy Disk Support:
3707 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER 3713 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
3708 3714
3709 the default drive number (default value 0) 3715 the default drive number (default value 0)
3710 3716
3711 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE 3717 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
3712 3718
3713 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers 3719 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
3714 (default value 1) 3720 (default value 1)
3715 3721
3716 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET 3722 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
3717 3723
3718 defines the offset of register from address. It 3724 defines the offset of register from address. It
3719 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to 3725 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
3720 the FDC chipset. (default value 0) 3726 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
3721 3727
3722 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and 3728 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3723 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their 3729 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
3724 default value. 3730 default value.
3725 3731
3726 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function 3732 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
3727 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC 3733 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3728 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board 3734 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3729 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant 3735 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3730 initializations. 3736 initializations.
3731 3737
3732 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB: 3738 - CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3733 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI 3739 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3734 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface. 3740 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3735 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to 3741 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3736 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional 3742 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3737 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller 3743 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3738 is requierd. 3744 is requierd.
3739 3745
3740 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory. 3746 - CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
3741 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're 3747 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
3742 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only] 3748 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
3743 3749
3744 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR: 3750 - CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
3745 3751
3746 Start address of memory area that can be used for 3752 Start address of memory area that can be used for
3747 initial data and stack; please note that this must be 3753 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3748 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special 3754 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3749 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which 3755 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3750 will become available only after programming the 3756 will become available only after programming the
3751 memory controller and running certain initialization 3757 memory controller and running certain initialization
3752 sequences. 3758 sequences.
3753 3759
3754 U-Boot uses the following memory types: 3760 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3755 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU) 3761 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3756 - MPC824X: data cache 3762 - MPC824X: data cache
3757 - PPC4xx: data cache 3763 - PPC4xx: data cache
3758 3764
3759 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET: 3765 - CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
3760 3766
3761 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory 3767 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
3762 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually 3768 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3763 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial 3769 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
3764 data is located at the end of the available space 3770 data is located at the end of the available space
3765 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE - 3771 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
3766 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just 3772 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3767 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR + 3773 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3768 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward. 3774 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
3769 3775
3770 Note: 3776 Note:
3771 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data 3777 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3772 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for 3778 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
3773 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must 3779 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
3774 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between 3780 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3775 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space. 3781 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3776 3782
3777 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6) 3783 - CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
3778 3784
3779 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9) 3785 - CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
3780 3786
3781 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26) 3787 - CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
3782 3788
3783 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31) 3789 - CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
3784 3790
3785 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30) 3791 - CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
3786 3792
3787 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27) 3793 - CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
3788 3794
3789 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM: 3795 - CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
3790 SDRAM timing 3796 SDRAM timing
3791 3797
3792 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA: 3798 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
3793 periodic timer for refresh 3799 periodic timer for refresh
3794 3800
3795 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47) 3801 - CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
3796 3802
3797 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM, 3803 - FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3798 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP, 3804 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3799 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM, 3805 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3800 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM: 3806 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
3801 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH) 3807 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3802 3808
3803 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE, 3809 - SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
3804 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM, 3810 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3805 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM: 3811 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
3806 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM) 3812 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3807 3813
3808 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K, 3814 - CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3809 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL: 3815 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
3810 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer 3816 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3811 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing) 3817 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3812 3818
3813 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 3819 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
3814 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 3820 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3815 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2] 3821 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3816 3822
3817 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 3823 - CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
3818 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 3824 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3819 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1] 3825 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3820 3826
3821 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]: 3827 - CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
3822 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx); 3828 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3823 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4] 3829 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3824 3830
3825 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK: 3831 - CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
3826 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful, 3832 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3827 wrong setting might damage your board. Read 3833 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3828 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable! 3834 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3829 3835
3830 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only) 3836 - CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
3831 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post 3837 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3832 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides 3838 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3833 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp. 3839 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3834 cpm_8260.h. 3840 cpm_8260.h.
3835 3841
3836 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 3842 - CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3837 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL, 3843 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3838 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS, 3844 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3839 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB, 3845 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3840 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START, 3846 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3841 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL, 3847 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3842 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE, 3848 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3843 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only) 3849 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
3844 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set. 3850 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
3845 3851
3846 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE: 3852 - CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3847 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not 3853 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3848 required. 3854 required.
3849 3855
3850 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY 3856 - CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
3851 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses. 3857 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
3852 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or 3858 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
3853 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it 3859 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
3854 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted 3860 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
3855 by coreboot or similar. 3861 by coreboot or similar.
3856 3862
3857 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO: 3863 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3858 Chip has SRIO or not 3864 Chip has SRIO or not
3859 3865
3860 - CONFIG_SRIO1: 3866 - CONFIG_SRIO1:
3861 Board has SRIO 1 port available 3867 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3862 3868
3863 - CONFIG_SRIO2: 3869 - CONFIG_SRIO2:
3864 Board has SRIO 2 port available 3870 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3865 3871
3866 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT: 3872 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3867 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 3873 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3868 3874
3869 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS: 3875 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3870 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region 3876 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3871 3877
3872 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE: 3878 - CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3873 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region 3879 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3874 3880
3875 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT 3881 - CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
3876 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using 3882 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
3877 a 16 bit bus. 3883 a 16 bit bus.
3878 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol. 3884 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
3879 Example of drivers that use it: 3885 Example of drivers that use it:
3880 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c 3886 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
3881 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c 3887 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
3882 3888
3883 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG 3889 - CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3884 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined 3890 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3885 a default value will be used. 3891 a default value will be used.
3886 3892
3887 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM 3893 - CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
3888 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common 3894 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3889 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs 3895 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3890 3896
3891 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS 3897 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3892 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM 3898 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3893 3899
3894 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM 3900 - CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
3895 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first 3901 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3896 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve 3902 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3897 to something your driver can deal with. 3903 to something your driver can deal with.
3898 3904
3899 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING 3905 - CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3900 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with 3906 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3901 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing 3907 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3902 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into 3908 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3903 header files or board specific files. 3909 header files or board specific files.
3904 3910
3905 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE 3911 - CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3906 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr. 3912 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3907 3913
3908 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0 3914 - CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
3909 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should 3915 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3910 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3. 3916 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
3911 3917
3912 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12] 3918 - CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3913 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor. 3919 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3914 3920
3915 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY 3921 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3916 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds 3922 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
3917 to the given FEC; i. e. 3923 to the given FEC; i. e.
3918 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4 3924 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
3919 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1 3925 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3920 3926
3921 When set to -1, means to probe for first available. 3927 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3922 3928
3923 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR 3929 - CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3924 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only). 3930 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3925 (so program the FEC to ignore it). 3931 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3926 3932
3927 - CONFIG_RMII 3933 - CONFIG_RMII
3928 Enable RMII mode for all FECs. 3934 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3929 Note that this is a global option, we can't 3935 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3930 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode. 3936 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3931 3937
3932 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY 3938 - CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3933 Add a verify option to the crc32 command. 3939 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3934 The syntax is: 3940 The syntax is:
3935 3941
3936 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32> 3942 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3937 3943
3938 Where address/count indicate a memory area 3944 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3939 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the 3945 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3940 area should have. 3946 area should have.
3941 3947
3942 - CONFIG_LOOPW 3948 - CONFIG_LOOPW
3943 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if 3949 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
3944 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 3950 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
3945 3951
3946 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC 3952 - CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3947 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic 3953 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3948 "md/mw" commands. 3954 "md/mw" commands.
3949 Examples: 3955 Examples:
3950 3956
3951 => mdc.b 10 4 500 3957 => mdc.b 10 4 500
3952 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms. 3958 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3953 3959
3954 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10 3960 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
3955 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms. 3961 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3956 3962
3957 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated 3963 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
3958 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM). 3964 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
3959 3965
3960 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT 3966 - CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
3961 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain 3967 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
3962 low level initializations (like setting up the memory 3968 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3963 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not 3969 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3964 relocate itself into RAM. 3970 relocate itself into RAM.
3965 3971
3966 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only 3972 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3967 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some 3973 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3968 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs 3974 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3969 these initializations itself. 3975 these initializations itself.
3970 3976
3971 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD 3977 - CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
3972 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader 3978 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3973 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when 3979 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3974 compiling a NAND SPL. 3980 compiling a NAND SPL.
3975 3981
3976 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM 3982 - CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
3977 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses 3983 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
3978 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard 3984 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
3979 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated 3985 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
3980 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since 3986 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
3981 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all 3987 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
3982 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses 3988 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
3983 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem(). 3989 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
3984 3990
3985 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY 3991 - CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3986 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET 3992 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3987 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will 3993 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3988 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some 3994 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3989 conditions but may increase the binary size. 3995 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3990 3996
3991 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR 3997 - CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
3992 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not 3998 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
3993 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot. 3999 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
3994 4000
3995 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK 4001 - CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
3996 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz). 4002 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
3997 4003
3998 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms. 4004 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
3999 4005
4000 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support: 4006 Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4001 ----------------------------------- 4007 -----------------------------------
4002 4008
4003 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the 4009 The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4004 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format. 4010 loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4005 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros 4011 This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4006 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address 4012 are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4007 within that device. 4013 within that device.
4008 4014
4009 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR 4015 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4010 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The 4016 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
4011 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro 4017 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4012 is also specified. 4018 is also specified.
4013 4019
4014 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH 4020 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4015 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format 4021 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4016 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it 4022 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4017 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some 4023 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4018 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first. 4024 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4019 4025
4020 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR 4026 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4021 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as 4027 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4022 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the 4028 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4023 virtual address in NOR flash. 4029 virtual address in NOR flash.
4024 4030
4025 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND 4031 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4026 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash. 4032 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4027 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash. 4033 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4028 4034
4029 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC 4035 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4030 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC 4036 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4031 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4037 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4032 4038
4033 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH 4039 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4034 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI 4040 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4035 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device. 4041 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4036 4042
4037 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE 4043 - CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4038 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master) 4044 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4039 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which 4045 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
4040 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound 4046 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4041 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in 4047 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4042 master's memory space. 4048 master's memory space.
4043 4049
4044 Building the Software: 4050 Building the Software:
4045 ====================== 4051 ======================
4046 4052
4047 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments 4053 Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4048 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support 4054 and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4049 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all 4055 all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4050 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we 4056 (potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4051 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK) 4057 recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4052 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot. 4058 which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
4053 4059
4054 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you 4060 If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4055 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case, 4061 have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4056 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell. 4062 you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4057 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are 4063 Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4058 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter: 4064 necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
4059 4065
4060 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx- 4066 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4061 $ export CROSS_COMPILE 4067 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
4062 4068
4063 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in 4069 Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4064 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain 4070 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4065 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW 4071 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4066 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example: 4072 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4067 4073
4068 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools 4074 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4069 4075
4070 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can 4076 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4071 be executed on computers running Windows. 4077 be executed on computers running Windows.
4072 4078
4073 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the 4079 U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4074 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This 4080 sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
4075 is done by typing: 4081 is done by typing:
4076 4082
4077 make NAME_config 4083 make NAME_config
4078 4084
4079 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu- 4085 where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
4080 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names. 4086 rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
4081 4087
4082 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if 4088 Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4083 additional information is available from the board vendor; for 4089 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4084 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard) 4090 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4085 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features" 4091 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
4086 when choosing the configuration, i. e. 4092 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
4087 4093
4088 make TQM823L_config 4094 make TQM823L_config
4089 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support 4095 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
4090 4096
4091 make TQM823L_LCD_config 4097 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4092 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD 4098 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
4093 4099
4094 etc. 4100 etc.
4095 4101
4096 4102
4097 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot 4103 Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4098 images ready for download to / installation on your system: 4104 images ready for download to / installation on your system:
4099 4105
4100 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image 4106 - "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4101 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format 4107 - "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4102 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format 4108 - "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
4103 4109
4104 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved 4110 By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4105 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change 4111 in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4106 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory: 4112 this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4107 4113
4108 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations: 4114 1. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4109 4115
4110 make O=/tmp/build distclean 4116 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4111 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config 4117 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4112 make O=/tmp/build all 4118 make O=/tmp/build all
4113 4119
4114 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location: 4120 2. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4115 4121
4116 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4122 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4117 make distclean 4123 make distclean
4118 make NAME_config 4124 make NAME_config
4119 make all 4125 make all
4120 4126
4121 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment 4127 Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4122 variable. 4128 variable.
4123 4129
4124 4130
4125 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so 4131 Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4126 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of 4132 for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4127 native "make". 4133 native "make".
4128 4134
4129 4135
4130 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need 4136 If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4131 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these 4137 to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4132 steps: 4138 steps:
4133 4139
4134 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel 4140 1. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
4135 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples. 4141 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4136 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order. 4142 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
4137 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any 4143 2. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4138 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least 4144 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4139 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds". 4145 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
4140 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for 4146 3. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4141 your board 4147 your board
4142 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new 4148 3. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4143 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need. 4149 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
4144 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name. 4150 4. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
4145 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file 4151 5. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4146 to be installed on your target system. 4152 to be installed on your target system.
4147 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise. 4153 6. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4148 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.] 4154 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
4149 4155
4150 4156
4151 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.: 4157 Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4152 ============================================================== 4158 ==============================================================
4153 4159
4154 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board 4160 If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4155 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to 4161 or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
4156 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes 4162 provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4157 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest 4163 the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
4158 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources. 4164 official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
4159 4165
4160 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi- 4166 But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4161 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of 4167 cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
4162 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so, 4168 the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4163 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot 4169 just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
4164 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can 4170 for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4165 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE' 4171 select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4166 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools 4172 environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4167 you can type 4173 you can type
4168 4174
4169 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4175 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4170 4176
4171 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type 4177 or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
4172 4178
4173 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL 4179 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
4174 4180
4175 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build 4181 When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4176 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by 4182 U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4177 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target 4183 setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4178 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and 4184 built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4179 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default 4185 <target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4180 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment 4186 location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4181 variable. For example: 4187 variable. For example:
4182 4188
4183 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build 4189 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4184 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log 4190 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4185 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL 4191 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4186 4192
4187 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build, 4193 With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4188 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean 4194 log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4189 during the whole build process. 4195 during the whole build process.
4190 4196
4191 4197
4192 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below. 4198 See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
4193 4199
4194 4200
4195 Monitor Commands - Overview: 4201 Monitor Commands - Overview:
4196 ============================ 4202 ============================
4197 4203
4198 go - start application at address 'addr' 4204 go - start application at address 'addr'
4199 run - run commands in an environment variable 4205 run - run commands in an environment variable
4200 bootm - boot application image from memory 4206 bootm - boot application image from memory
4201 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol 4207 bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
4202 bootz - boot zImage from memory 4208 bootz - boot zImage from memory
4203 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol 4209 tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4204 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip" 4210 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4205 (and eventually "gatewayip") 4211 (and eventually "gatewayip")
4206 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol 4212 tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
4207 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol 4213 rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4208 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd' 4214 diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4209 loads - load S-Record file over serial line 4215 loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4210 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode) 4216 loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4211 md - memory display 4217 md - memory display
4212 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing) 4218 mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4213 nm - memory modify (constant address) 4219 nm - memory modify (constant address)
4214 mw - memory write (fill) 4220 mw - memory write (fill)
4215 cp - memory copy 4221 cp - memory copy
4216 cmp - memory compare 4222 cmp - memory compare
4217 crc32 - checksum calculation 4223 crc32 - checksum calculation
4218 i2c - I2C sub-system 4224 i2c - I2C sub-system
4219 sspi - SPI utility commands 4225 sspi - SPI utility commands
4220 base - print or set address offset 4226 base - print or set address offset
4221 printenv- print environment variables 4227 printenv- print environment variables
4222 setenv - set environment variables 4228 setenv - set environment variables
4223 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage 4229 saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4224 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection 4230 protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4225 erase - erase FLASH memory 4231 erase - erase FLASH memory
4226 flinfo - print FLASH memory information 4232 flinfo - print FLASH memory information
4227 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand) 4233 nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
4228 bdinfo - print Board Info structure 4234 bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4229 iminfo - print header information for application image 4235 iminfo - print header information for application image
4230 coninfo - print console devices and informations 4236 coninfo - print console devices and informations
4231 ide - IDE sub-system 4237 ide - IDE sub-system
4232 loop - infinite loop on address range 4238 loop - infinite loop on address range
4233 loopw - infinite write loop on address range 4239 loopw - infinite write loop on address range
4234 mtest - simple RAM test 4240 mtest - simple RAM test
4235 icache - enable or disable instruction cache 4241 icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4236 dcache - enable or disable data cache 4242 dcache - enable or disable data cache
4237 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU 4243 reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4238 echo - echo args to console 4244 echo - echo args to console
4239 version - print monitor version 4245 version - print monitor version
4240 help - print online help 4246 help - print online help
4241 ? - alias for 'help' 4247 ? - alias for 'help'
4242 4248
4243 4249
4244 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description: 4250 Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4245 ======================================== 4251 ========================================
4246 4252
4247 TODO. 4253 TODO.
4248 4254
4249 For now: just type "help <command>". 4255 For now: just type "help <command>".
4250 4256
4251 4257
4252 Environment Variables: 4258 Environment Variables:
4253 ====================== 4259 ======================
4254 4260
4255 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which 4261 U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4256 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory. 4262 can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
4257 4263
4258 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using 4264 Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4259 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv" 4265 "printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4260 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the 4266 without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4261 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are 4267 environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4262 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the 4268 working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4263 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided. 4269 environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
4264 4270
4265 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables. 4271 Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4266 4272
4267 List of environment variables (most likely not complete): 4273 List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
4268 4274
4269 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE 4275 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
4270 4276
4271 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY 4277 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
4272 4278
4273 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND 4279 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
4274 4280
4275 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image 4281 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
4276 4282
4277 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP 4283 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
4278 4284
4279 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4285 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4280 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4286 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4281 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed 4287 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4282 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size" 4288 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4283 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is 4289 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4284 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux 4290 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
4285 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and 4291 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4286 bootm_mapsize. 4292 bootm_mapsize.
4287 4293
4288 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel. 4294 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
4289 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it 4295 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4290 defines the size of the memory region starting at base 4296 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4291 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel 4297 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4292 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used 4298 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4293 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is 4299 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4294 used otherwise. 4300 used otherwise.
4295 4301
4296 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm 4302 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4297 command can be restricted. This variable is given as 4303 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4298 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region 4304 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4299 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low" 4305 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4300 environment variable. 4306 environment variable.
4301 4307
4302 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used 4308 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4303 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to 4309 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4304 documentation in doc/README.update for more details. 4310 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4305 4311
4306 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'), 4312 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4307 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the 4313 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4308 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to 4314 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4309 load any image using TFTP 4315 load any image using TFTP
4310 4316
4311 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp", 4317 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4312 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will 4318 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4313 be automatically started (by internally calling 4319 be automatically started (by internally calling
4314 "bootm") 4320 "bootm")
4315 4321
4316 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the 4322 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4317 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address 4323 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4318 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started. 4324 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4319 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary 4325 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4320 data. 4326 data.
4321 4327
4322 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the 4328 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4323 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot. 4329 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
4324 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory 4330 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4325 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel 4331 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4326 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you 4332 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4327 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the 4333 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4328 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address 4334 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4329 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can 4335 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4330 access it during the boot procedure. 4336 access it during the boot procedure.
4331 4337
4332 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then 4338 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4333 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this 4339 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4334 to work it must reside in writable memory, have 4340 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4335 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to 4341 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4336 add the information it needs into it, and the memory 4342 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4337 must be accessible by the kernel. 4343 must be accessible by the kernel.
4338 4344
4339 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened 4345 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4340 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is 4346 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4341 defined. 4347 defined.
4342 4348
4343 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only) 4349 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4344 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast 4350 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4345 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in 4351 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4346 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective 4352 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4347 it must be saved and board must be reset. 4353 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4348 4354
4349 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images: 4355 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4350 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be 4356 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4351 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this 4357 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4352 is usually what you want since it allows for 4358 is usually what you want since it allows for
4353 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to 4359 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4354 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the 4360 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
4355 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment 4361 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
4356 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0". 4362 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4357 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper 4363 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4358 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it 4364 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4359 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data). 4365 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
4360 4366
4361 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB 4367 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4362 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux, 4368 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4363 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of 4369 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4364 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make 4370 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4365 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first 4371 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4366 12 MB as well - this can be done with 4372 12 MB as well - this can be done with
4367 4373
4368 setenv initrd_high 00c00000 4374 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
4369 4375
4370 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an 4376 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4371 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal 4377 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4372 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash 4378 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4373 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the 4379 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4374 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the 4380 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4375 boot time on your system, but requires that this 4381 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4376 feature is supported by your Linux kernel. 4382 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
4377 4383
4378 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4384 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
4379 4385
4380 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp", 4386 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4381 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot" 4387 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
4382 4388
4383 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO 4389 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
4384 4390
4385 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command 4391 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
4386 4392
4387 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME 4393 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
4388 4394
4389 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR 4395 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
4390 4396
4391 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR 4397 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
4392 4398
4393 ethprime - controls which interface is used first. 4399 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
4394 4400
4395 ethact - controls which interface is currently active. 4401 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4396 For example you can do the following 4402 For example you can do the following
4397 4403
4398 => setenv ethact FEC 4404 => setenv ethact FEC
4399 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC 4405 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4400 => setenv ethact SCC 4406 => setenv ethact SCC
4401 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC 4407 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
4402 4408
4403 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all 4409 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
4404 available network interfaces. 4410 available network interfaces.
4405 It just stays at the currently selected interface. 4411 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
4406 4412
4407 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will 4413 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
4408 either succeed or fail without retrying. 4414 either succeed or fail without retrying.
4409 When set to "once" the network operation will 4415 When set to "once" the network operation will
4410 fail when all the available network interfaces 4416 fail when all the available network interfaces
4411 are tried once without success. 4417 are tried once without success.
4412 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation 4418 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
4413 themselves. 4419 themselves.
4414 4420
4415 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode 4421 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
4416 4422
4417 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's 4423 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
4418 UDP source port. 4424 UDP source port.
4419 4425
4420 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP 4426 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
4421 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69. 4427 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
4422 4428
4423 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set, 4429 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
4424 we use the TFTP server's default block size 4430 we use the TFTP server's default block size
4425 4431
4426 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli- 4432 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
4427 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines 4433 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
4428 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to 4434 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
4429 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds. 4435 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
4430 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed 4436 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
4431 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or 4437 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
4432 with unreliable TFTP servers. 4438 with unreliable TFTP servers.
4433 4439
4434 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over 4440 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
4435 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q 4441 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
4436 VLAN tagged frames. 4442 VLAN tagged frames.
4437 4443
4438 The following image location variables contain the location of images 4444 The following image location variables contain the location of images
4439 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is 4445 used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
4440 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment 4446 not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
4441 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP 4447 variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
4442 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be 4448 server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
4443 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR 4449 loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
4444 flash or offset in NAND flash. 4450 flash or offset in NAND flash.
4445 4451
4446 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some 4452 *Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
4447 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some 4453 boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
4448 boards use these variables for other purposes. 4454 boards use these variables for other purposes.
4449 4455
4450 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location 4456 Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
4451 ----- --------- ----------- -------------- 4457 ----- --------- ----------- --------------
4452 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr 4458 u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
4453 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr 4459 Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
4454 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr 4460 device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
4455 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr 4461 ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
4456 4462
4457 The following environment variables may be used and automatically 4463 The following environment variables may be used and automatically
4458 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"), 4464 updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
4459 depending the information provided by your boot server: 4465 depending the information provided by your boot server:
4460 4466
4461 bootfile - see above 4467 bootfile - see above
4462 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server 4468 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
4463 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server 4469 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
4464 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use 4470 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
4465 hostname - Target hostname 4471 hostname - Target hostname
4466 ipaddr - see above 4472 ipaddr - see above
4467 netmask - Subnet Mask 4473 netmask - Subnet Mask
4468 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server 4474 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
4469 serverip - see above 4475 serverip - see above
4470 4476
4471 4477
4472 There are two special Environment Variables: 4478 There are two special Environment Variables:
4473 4479
4474 serial# - contains hardware identification information such 4480 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
4475 as type string and/or serial number 4481 as type string and/or serial number
4476 ethaddr - Ethernet address 4482 ethaddr - Ethernet address
4477 4483
4478 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of 4484 These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
4479 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables 4485 the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
4480 once they have been set once. 4486 once they have been set once.
4481 4487
4482 4488
4483 Further special Environment Variables: 4489 Further special Environment Variables:
4484 4490
4485 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed 4491 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
4486 with the "version" command. This variable is 4492 with the "version" command. This variable is
4487 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE). 4493 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
4488 4494
4489 4495
4490 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take 4496 Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
4491 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-). 4497 only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
4492 4498
4493 4499
4494 Callback functions for environment variables: 4500 Callback functions for environment variables:
4495 --------------------------------------------- 4501 ---------------------------------------------
4496 4502
4497 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change 4503 For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
4498 when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to 4504 when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
4499 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or 4505 be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
4500 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side 4506 deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
4501 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected. 4507 effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
4502 4508
4503 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the 4509 The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
4504 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code. 4510 U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
4505 4511
4506 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The 4512 These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
4507 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC 4513 static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
4508 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of 4514 in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
4509 associations. The list must be in the following format: 4515 associations. The list must be in the following format:
4510 4516
4511 entry = variable_name[:callback_name] 4517 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
4512 list = entry[,list] 4518 list = entry[,list]
4513 4519
4514 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted. 4520 If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
4515 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list. 4521 Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
4516 4522
4517 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable 4523 Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
4518 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will 4524 with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
4519 override any association in the static list. You can define 4525 override any association in the static list. You can define
4520 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the 4526 CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
4521 ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment. 4527 ".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
4522 4528
4523 4529
4524 Command Line Parsing: 4530 Command Line Parsing:
4525 ===================== 4531 =====================
4526 4532
4527 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot: 4533 There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
4528 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell: 4534 the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
4529 4535
4530 Old, simple command line parser: 4536 Old, simple command line parser:
4531 -------------------------------- 4537 --------------------------------
4532 4538
4533 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands) 4539 - supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
4534 - several commands on one line, separated by ';' 4540 - several commands on one line, separated by ';'
4535 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax 4541 - variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
4536 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\', 4542 - special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
4537 for example: 4543 for example:
4538 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address} 4544 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
4539 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example: 4545 - You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
4540 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off' 4546 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
4541 4547
4542 Hush shell: 4548 Hush shell:
4543 ----------- 4549 -----------
4544 4550
4545 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like 4551 - similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
4546 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done, 4552 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
4547 until...do...done, ... 4553 until...do...done, ...
4548 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv 4554 - supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
4549 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax 4555 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
4550 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run" 4556 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
4551 command 4557 command
4552 4558
4553 General rules: 4559 General rules:
4554 -------------- 4560 --------------
4555 4561
4556 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run" 4562 (1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
4557 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and 4563 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
4558 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be 4564 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
4559 executed anyway. 4565 executed anyway.
4560 4566
4561 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e. 4567 (2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
4562 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing 4568 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
4563 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining 4569 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
4564 variables are not executed. 4570 variables are not executed.
4565 4571
4566 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces: 4572 Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
4567 ======================================= 4573 =======================================
4568 4574
4569 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports 4575 Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
4570 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a 4576 such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
4571 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows: 4577 "working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
4572 4578
4573 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding 4579 Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
4574 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0), 4580 MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
4575 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ... 4581 "eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
4576 4582
4577 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance 4583 If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
4578 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon- 4584 in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
4579 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment 4585 ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
4580 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means: 4586 variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
4581 4587
4582 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the 4588 o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
4583 environment, the SROM's address is used. 4589 environment, the SROM's address is used.
4584 4590
4585 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the 4591 o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
4586 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is 4592 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
4587 used. 4593 used.
4588 4594
4589 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and 4595 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
4590 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used. 4596 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
4591 4597
4592 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the 4598 o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
4593 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a 4599 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
4594 warning is printed. 4600 warning is printed.
4595 4601
4596 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error 4602 o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
4597 is raised. 4603 is raised.
4598 4604
4599 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses 4605 If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
4600 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This 4606 will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
4601 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable. 4607 may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
4602 The naming convention is as follows: 4608 The naming convention is as follows:
4603 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc. 4609 "ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
4604 4610
4605 Image Formats: 4611 Image Formats:
4606 ============== 4612 ==============
4607 4613
4608 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on) 4614 U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
4609 images in two formats: 4615 images in two formats:
4610 4616
4611 New uImage format (FIT) 4617 New uImage format (FIT)
4612 ----------------------- 4618 -----------------------
4613 4619
4614 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar 4620 Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
4615 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple 4621 to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
4616 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by 4622 components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
4617 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory. 4623 SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
4618 4624
4619 4625
4620 Old uImage format 4626 Old uImage format
4621 ----------------- 4627 -----------------
4622 4628
4623 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything, 4629 Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
4624 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for 4630 preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
4625 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties: 4631 details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
4626 4632
4627 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD, 4633 * Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
4628 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks, 4634 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
4629 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY; 4635 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
4630 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS, 4636 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
4631 INTEGRITY). 4637 INTEGRITY).
4632 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, 4638 * Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
4633 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit; 4639 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
4634 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC). 4640 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
4635 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2) 4641 * Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
4636 * Load Address 4642 * Load Address
4637 * Entry Point 4643 * Entry Point
4638 * Image Name 4644 * Image Name
4639 * Image Timestamp 4645 * Image Timestamp
4640 4646
4641 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header 4647 The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
4642 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by 4648 and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
4643 CRC32 checksums. 4649 CRC32 checksums.
4644 4650
4645 4651
4646 Linux Support: 4652 Linux Support:
4647 ============== 4653 ==============
4648 4654
4649 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application 4655 Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
4650 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of 4656 easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
4651 U-Boot. 4657 U-Boot.
4652 4658
4653 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some 4659 U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
4654 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any 4660 special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
4655 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image; 4661 "initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
4656 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation 4662 instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
4657 serves several purposes: 4663 serves several purposes:
4658 4664
4659 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone 4665 - the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
4660 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the 4666 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
4661 Flash memory footprint) 4667 Flash memory footprint)
4662 4668
4663 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because 4669 - it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
4664 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot 4670 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
4665 4671
4666 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd" 4672 - the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
4667 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can 4673 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
4668 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't 4674 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
4669 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just 4675 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
4670 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the 4676 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
4671 software is easier now. 4677 software is easier now.
4672 4678
4673 4679
4674 Linux HOWTO: 4680 Linux HOWTO:
4675 ============ 4681 ============
4676 4682
4677 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems: 4683 Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
4678 --------------------------------------- 4684 ---------------------------------------
4679 4685
4680 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to 4686 U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
4681 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware 4687 configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
4682 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to 4688 (no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
4683 Linux :-). 4689 Linux :-).
4684 4690
4685 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot). 4691 But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
4686 4692
4687 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance 4693 Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
4688 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board 4694 include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
4689 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h, 4695 Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
4690 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value 4696 and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
4691 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR. 4697 as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
4692 4698
4693 4699
4694 Configuring the Linux kernel: 4700 Configuring the Linux kernel:
4695 ----------------------------- 4701 -----------------------------
4696 4702
4697 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root 4703 No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
4698 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system. 4704 device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
4699 4705
4700 4706
4701 Building a Linux Image: 4707 Building a Linux Image:
4702 ----------------------- 4708 -----------------------
4703 4709
4704 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are 4710 With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4705 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target 4711 not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4706 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by 4712 "uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4707 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target, 4713 U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4708 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a 4714 which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4709 100% compatible format. 4715 100% compatible format.
4710 4716
4711 Example: 4717 Example:
4712 4718
4713 make TQM850L_config 4719 make TQM850L_config
4714 make oldconfig 4720 make oldconfig
4715 make dep 4721 make dep
4716 make uImage 4722 make uImage
4717 4723
4718 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to 4724 The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4719 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information, 4725 encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4720 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing: 4726 CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
4721 4727
4722 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format): 4728 * build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
4723 4729
4724 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image: 4730 * convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
4725 4731
4726 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \ 4732 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4727 -R .note -R .comment \ 4733 -R .note -R .comment \
4728 -S vmlinux linux.bin 4734 -S vmlinux linux.bin
4729 4735
4730 * compress the binary image: 4736 * compress the binary image:
4731 4737
4732 gzip -9 linux.bin 4738 gzip -9 linux.bin
4733 4739
4734 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot: 4740 * package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
4735 4741
4736 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \ 4742 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4737 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \ 4743 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4738 -d linux.bin.gz uImage 4744 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
4739 4745
4740 4746
4741 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use 4747 The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4742 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or 4748 with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4743 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64 4749 combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4744 byte header containing information about target architecture, 4750 byte header containing information about target architecture,
4745 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time 4751 operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4746 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc. 4752 stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
4747 4753
4748 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and 4754 "mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4749 print the header information, or to build new images. 4755 print the header information, or to build new images.
4750 4756
4751 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information 4757 In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4752 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes 4758 contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4753 checksum verification: 4759 checksum verification:
4754 4760
4755 tools/mkimage -l image 4761 tools/mkimage -l image
4756 -l ==> list image header information 4762 -l ==> list image header information
4757 4763
4758 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image 4764 The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4759 from a "data file" which is used as image payload: 4765 from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
4760 4766
4761 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \ 4767 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4762 -n name -d data_file image 4768 -n name -d data_file image
4763 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch' 4769 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4764 -O ==> set operating system to 'os' 4770 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4765 -T ==> set image type to 'type' 4771 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4766 -C ==> set compression type 'comp' 4772 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4767 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex) 4773 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4768 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex) 4774 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4769 -n ==> set image name to 'name' 4775 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4770 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile' 4776 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
4771 4777
4772 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load 4778 Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4773 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the 4779 address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4774 kernel version: 4780 kernel version:
4775 4781
4776 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C, 4782 - 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4777 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000. 4783 - 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
4778 4784
4779 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read: 4785 So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
4780 4786
4781 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 4787 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4782 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \ 4788 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
4783 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \ 4789 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
4784 > examples/uImage.TQM850L 4790 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4785 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 4791 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4786 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 4792 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4787 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4793 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4788 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 4794 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4789 Load Address: 0x00000000 4795 Load Address: 0x00000000
4790 Entry Point: 0x00000000 4796 Entry Point: 0x00000000
4791 4797
4792 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption): 4798 To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
4793 4799
4794 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L 4800 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4795 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 4801 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4796 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 4802 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4797 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4803 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4798 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB 4804 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4799 Load Address: 0x00000000 4805 Load Address: 0x00000000
4800 Entry Point: 0x00000000 4806 Entry Point: 0x00000000
4801 4807
4802 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade 4808 NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4803 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this 4809 speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4804 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not 4810 needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4805 need to be uncompressed: 4811 need to be uncompressed:
4806 4812
4807 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz 4813 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
4808 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \ 4814 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4809 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \ 4815 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
4810 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \ 4816 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
4811 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed 4817 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4812 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L 4818 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4813 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000 4819 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4814 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed) 4820 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4815 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB 4821 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4816 Load Address: 0x00000000 4822 Load Address: 0x00000000
4817 Entry Point: 0x00000000 4823 Entry Point: 0x00000000
4818 4824
4819 4825
4820 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file 4826 Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4821 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk: 4827 when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
4822 4828
4823 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \ 4829 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4824 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \ 4830 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4825 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd 4831 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4826 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 4832 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4827 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000 4833 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4828 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 4834 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4829 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB 4835 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4830 Load Address: 0x00000000 4836 Load Address: 0x00000000
4831 Entry Point: 0x00000000 4837 Entry Point: 0x00000000
4832 4838
4833 4839
4834 Installing a Linux Image: 4840 Installing a Linux Image:
4835 ------------------------- 4841 -------------------------
4836 4842
4837 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface, 4843 To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4838 you must convert the image to S-Record format: 4844 you must convert the image to S-Record format:
4839 4845
4840 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec 4846 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
4841 4847
4842 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot 4848 The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4843 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to 4849 image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4844 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to 4850 address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4845 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads' 4851 specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4846 command. 4852 command.
4847 4853
4848 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the 4854 Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4849 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank): 4855 TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
4850 4856
4851 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF 4857 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
4852 4858
4853 .......... done 4859 .......... done
4854 Erased 8 sectors 4860 Erased 8 sectors
4855 4861
4856 => loads 40100000 4862 => loads 40100000
4857 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 4863 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4858 ~>examples/image.srec 4864 ~>examples/image.srec
4859 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ... 4865 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4860 ... 4866 ...
4861 15989 15990 15991 15992 4867 15989 15990 15991 15992
4862 [file transfer complete] 4868 [file transfer complete]
4863 [connected] 4869 [connected]
4864 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000 4870 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
4865 4871
4866 4872
4867 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command; 4873 You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
4868 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data 4874 this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
4869 corruption happened: 4875 corruption happened:
4870 4876
4871 => imi 40100000 4877 => imi 40100000
4872 4878
4873 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 4879 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4874 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 4880 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4875 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4881 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4876 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 4882 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4877 Load Address: 00000000 4883 Load Address: 00000000
4878 Entry Point: 0000000c 4884 Entry Point: 0000000c
4879 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4885 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4880 4886
4881 4887
4882 Boot Linux: 4888 Boot Linux:
4883 ----------- 4889 -----------
4884 4890
4885 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in 4891 The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4886 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents 4892 memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4887 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as 4893 of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4888 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the 4894 parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4889 "printenv" and "setenv" commands: 4895 "printenv" and "setenv" commands:
4890 4896
4891 4897
4892 => printenv bootargs 4898 => printenv bootargs
4893 bootargs=root=/dev/ram 4899 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
4894 4900
4895 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 4901 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4896 4902
4897 => printenv bootargs 4903 => printenv bootargs
4898 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 4904 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4899 4905
4900 => bootm 40020000 4906 => bootm 40020000
4901 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ... 4907 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4902 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L 4908 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4903 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4909 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4904 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB 4910 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4905 Load Address: 00000000 4911 Load Address: 00000000
4906 Entry Point: 0000000c 4912 Entry Point: 0000000c
4907 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4913 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4908 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 4914 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4909 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000 4915 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4910 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2 4916 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4911 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 4917 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4912 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 4918 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4913 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000] 4919 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4914 ... 4920 ...
4915 4921
4916 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass 4922 If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
4917 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT 4923 the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4918 format!) to the "bootm" command: 4924 format!) to the "bootm" command:
4919 4925
4920 => imi 40100000 40200000 4926 => imi 40100000 40200000
4921 4927
4922 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ... 4928 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4923 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 4929 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4924 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4930 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4925 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 4931 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4926 Load Address: 00000000 4932 Load Address: 00000000
4927 Entry Point: 0000000c 4933 Entry Point: 0000000c
4928 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4934 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4929 4935
4930 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ... 4936 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4931 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 4937 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4932 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 4938 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4933 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 4939 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4934 Load Address: 00000000 4940 Load Address: 00000000
4935 Entry Point: 00000000 4941 Entry Point: 00000000
4936 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4942 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4937 4943
4938 => bootm 40100000 40200000 4944 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4939 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ... 4945 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4940 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L 4946 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4941 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 4947 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4942 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB 4948 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4943 Load Address: 00000000 4949 Load Address: 00000000
4944 Entry Point: 0000000c 4950 Entry Point: 0000000c
4945 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4951 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4946 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 4952 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4947 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ... 4953 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4948 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image 4954 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4949 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed) 4955 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4950 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB 4956 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4951 Load Address: 00000000 4957 Load Address: 00000000
4952 Entry Point: 00000000 4958 Entry Point: 00000000
4953 Verifying Checksum ... OK 4959 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4954 Loading Ramdisk ... OK 4960 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4955 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000 4961 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4956 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram 4962 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4957 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60 4963 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4958 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS 4964 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4959 ... 4965 ...
4960 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0 4966 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4961 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem). 4967 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
4962 4968
4963 bash# 4969 bash#
4964 4970
4965 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree: 4971 Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4966 ----------- 4972 -----------
4967 4973
4968 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section 4974 First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4969 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The 4975 titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4970 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated 4976 following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4971 flat device tree: 4977 flat device tree:
4972 4978
4973 => print oftaddr 4979 => print oftaddr
4974 oftaddr=0x300000 4980 oftaddr=0x300000
4975 => print oft 4981 => print oft
4976 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb 4982 oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4977 => tftp $oftaddr $oft 4983 => tftp $oftaddr $oft
4978 Speed: 1000, full duplex 4984 Speed: 1000, full duplex
4979 Using TSEC0 device 4985 Using TSEC0 device
4980 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101 4986 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4981 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'. 4987 Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4982 Load address: 0x300000 4988 Load address: 0x300000
4983 Loading: # 4989 Loading: #
4984 done 4990 done
4985 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex) 4991 Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4986 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile 4992 => tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4987 Speed: 1000, full duplex 4993 Speed: 1000, full duplex
4988 Using TSEC0 device 4994 Using TSEC0 device
4989 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2 4995 TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4990 Filename 'uImage'. 4996 Filename 'uImage'.
4991 Load address: 0x200000 4997 Load address: 0x200000
4992 Loading:############ 4998 Loading:############
4993 done 4999 done
4994 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex) 5000 Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4995 => print loadaddr 5001 => print loadaddr
4996 loadaddr=200000 5002 loadaddr=200000
4997 => print oftaddr 5003 => print oftaddr
4998 oftaddr=0x300000 5004 oftaddr=0x300000
4999 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr 5005 => bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5000 ## Booting image at 00200000 ... 5006 ## Booting image at 00200000 ...
5001 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty 5007 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5002 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed) 5008 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5003 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB 5009 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
5004 Load Address: 00000000 5010 Load Address: 00000000
5005 Entry Point: 00000000 5011 Entry Point: 00000000
5006 Verifying Checksum ... OK 5012 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5007 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK 5013 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5008 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000 5014 Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5009 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description 5015 Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5010 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb 5016 Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5011 [snip] 5017 [snip]
5012 5018
5013 5019
5014 More About U-Boot Image Types: 5020 More About U-Boot Image Types:
5015 ------------------------------ 5021 ------------------------------
5016 5022
5017 U-Boot supports the following image types: 5023 U-Boot supports the following image types:
5018 5024
5019 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 5025 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5020 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 5026 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5021 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 5027 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5022 the Standalone Program. 5028 the Standalone Program.
5023 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 5029 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5024 will take over control completely. Usually these programs 5030 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5025 will install their own set of exception handlers, device 5031 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5026 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 5032 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5027 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 5033 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5028 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 5034 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5029 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 5035 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5030 being started. 5036 being started.
5031 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 5037 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5032 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 5038 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5033 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 5039 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5034 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 5040 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5035 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 5041 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5036 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 5042 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
5037 5043
5038 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 5044 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5039 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 5045 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5040 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 5046 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5041 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 5047 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5042 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 5048 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5043 a multiple of 4 bytes). 5049 a multiple of 4 bytes).
5044 5050
5045 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 5051 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5046 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 5052 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5047 flash memory. 5053 flash memory.
5048 5054
5049 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 5055 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5050 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 5056 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5051 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 5057 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5052 as command interpreter. 5058 as command interpreter.
5053 5059
5054 Booting the Linux zImage: 5060 Booting the Linux zImage:
5055 ------------------------- 5061 -------------------------
5056 5062
5057 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done 5063 On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5058 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same 5064 using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5059 as the syntax of "bootm" command. 5065 as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5060 5066
5061 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply 5067 Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_INITRD_RAW allows user to supply
5062 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the 5068 kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5063 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following 5069 address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5064 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>". 5070 format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5065 5071
5066 5072
5067 Standalone HOWTO: 5073 Standalone HOWTO:
5068 ================= 5074 =================
5069 5075
5070 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and 5076 One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5071 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of 5077 run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5072 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services. 5078 U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
5073 5079
5074 Two simple examples are included with the sources: 5080 Two simple examples are included with the sources:
5075 5081
5076 "Hello World" Demo: 5082 "Hello World" Demo:
5077 ------------------- 5083 -------------------
5078 5084
5079 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo 5085 'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5080 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot. 5086 application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5081 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it 5087 It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5082 like that: 5088 like that:
5083 5089
5084 => loads 5090 => loads
5085 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5091 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5086 ~>examples/hello_world.srec 5092 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5087 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5093 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5088 [file transfer complete] 5094 [file transfer complete]
5089 [connected] 5095 [connected]
5090 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5096 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
5091 5097
5092 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test. 5098 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5093 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5099 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5094 Hello World 5100 Hello World
5095 argc = 7 5101 argc = 7
5096 argv[0] = "40004" 5102 argv[0] = "40004"
5097 argv[1] = "Hello" 5103 argv[1] = "Hello"
5098 argv[2] = "World!" 5104 argv[2] = "World!"
5099 argv[3] = "This" 5105 argv[3] = "This"
5100 argv[4] = "is" 5106 argv[4] = "is"
5101 argv[5] = "a" 5107 argv[5] = "a"
5102 argv[6] = "test." 5108 argv[6] = "test."
5103 argv[7] = "<NULL>" 5109 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5104 Hit any key to exit ... 5110 Hit any key to exit ...
5105 5111
5106 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5112 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
5107 5113
5108 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt 5114 Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5109 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'. 5115 handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5110 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second. 5116 Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5111 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.' 5117 The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5112 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be 5118 character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5113 controlled by the following keys: 5119 controlled by the following keys:
5114 5120
5115 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers 5121 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5116 b - enable interrupts and start timer 5122 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5117 e - stop timer and disable interrupts 5123 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5118 q - quit application 5124 q - quit application
5119 5125
5120 => loads 5126 => loads
5121 ## Ready for S-Record download ... 5127 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5122 ~>examples/timer.srec 5128 ~>examples/timer.srec
5123 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ... 5129 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5124 [file transfer complete] 5130 [file transfer complete]
5125 [connected] 5131 [connected]
5126 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004 5132 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
5127 5133
5128 => go 40004 5134 => go 40004
5129 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ... 5135 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5130 TIMERS=0xfff00980 5136 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5131 Using timer 1 5137 Using timer 1
5132 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0 5138 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
5133 5139
5134 Hit 'b': 5140 Hit 'b':
5135 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us 5141 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5136 Enabling timer 5142 Enabling timer
5137 Hit '?': 5143 Hit '?':
5138 [q, b, e, ?] ........ 5144 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5139 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0 5145 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5140 Hit '?': 5146 Hit '?':
5141 [q, b, e, ?] . 5147 [q, b, e, ?] .
5142 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0 5148 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5143 Hit '?': 5149 Hit '?':
5144 [q, b, e, ?] . 5150 [q, b, e, ?] .
5145 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0 5151 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5146 Hit '?': 5152 Hit '?':
5147 [q, b, e, ?] . 5153 [q, b, e, ?] .
5148 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0 5154 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5149 Hit 'e': 5155 Hit 'e':
5150 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer 5156 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5151 Hit 'q': 5157 Hit 'q':
5152 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0 5158 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
5153 5159
5154 5160
5155 Minicom warning: 5161 Minicom warning:
5156 ================ 5162 ================
5157 5163
5158 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the 5164 Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5159 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd) 5165 "minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5160 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under 5166 consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5161 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and 5167 Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5162 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and 5168 especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
5163 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See 5169 use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5164 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3. 5170 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5165 for help with kermit. 5171 for help with kermit.
5166 5172
5167 5173
5168 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this 5174 Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5169 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section: 5175 configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
5170 5176
5171 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi 5177 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5172 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N 5178 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5173 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N 5179 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
5174 5180
5175 5181
5176 NetBSD Notes: 5182 NetBSD Notes:
5177 ============= 5183 =============
5178 5184
5179 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host 5185 Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5180 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx). 5186 (build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
5181 5187
5182 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on 5188 Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5183 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also 5189 NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5184 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make). 5190 need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5185 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files; 5191 Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5186 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is 5192 attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5187 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually: 5193 missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
5188 5194
5189 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include 5195 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5190 # mkdir powerpc 5196 # mkdir powerpc
5191 # ln -s powerpc machine 5197 # ln -s powerpc machine
5192 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h 5198 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5193 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST 5199 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
5194 5200
5195 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native 5201 Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5196 and U-Boot include files. 5202 and U-Boot include files.
5197 5203
5198 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a 5204 Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5199 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel 5205 stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5200 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source 5206 proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5201 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the 5207 tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
5202 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz 5208 meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
5203 5209
5204 5210
5205 Implementation Internals: 5211 Implementation Internals:
5206 ========================= 5212 =========================
5207 5213
5208 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every 5214 The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5209 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the 5215 implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5210 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom 5216 inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5211 hardware. 5217 hardware.
5212 5218
5213 5219
5214 Initial Stack, Global Data: 5220 Initial Stack, Global Data:
5215 --------------------------- 5221 ---------------------------
5216 5222
5217 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot 5223 The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5218 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to 5224 starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5219 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet). 5225 system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5220 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS 5226 This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5221 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working 5227 is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5222 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation 5228 at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5223 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU 5229 options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5224 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and 5230 models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5225 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be 5231 MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5226 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc. 5232 locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
5227 5233
5228 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the 5234 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
5229 U-Boot mailing list: 5235 U-Boot mailing list:
5230 5236
5231 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)? 5237 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5232 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com> 5238 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5233 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET) 5239 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5234 ... 5240 ...
5235 5241
5236 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it 5242 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5237 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not 5243 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5238 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness 5244 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5239 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of 5245 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5240 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's 5246 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
5241 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you 5247 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
5242 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and 5248 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5243 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals. 5249 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
5244 5250
5245 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It 5251 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5246 is another option for the system designer to use as an 5252 is another option for the system designer to use as an
5247 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either 5253 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
5248 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your 5254 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5249 board designers haven't used it for something that would 5255 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5250 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not 5256 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5251 used. 5257 used.
5252 5258
5253 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere 5259 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
5254 with your processor/board/system design. The default value 5260 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5255 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in 5261 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
5256 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger 5262 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
5257 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set 5263 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5258 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources 5264 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5259 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in 5265 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5260 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when 5266 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5261 you get the config right. 5267 you get the config right.
5262 5268
5263 -Chris Hallinan 5269 -Chris Hallinan
5264 DS4.COM, Inc. 5270 DS4.COM, Inc.
5265 5271
5266 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C 5272 It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5267 code for the initialization procedures: 5273 code for the initialization procedures:
5268 5274
5269 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt 5275 * Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5270 to write it. 5276 to write it.
5271 5277
5272 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized 5278 * Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
5273 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali- 5279 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5274 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM). 5280 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
5275 5281
5276 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like 5282 * Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5277 that. 5283 that.
5278 5284
5279 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use 5285 Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5280 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it 5286 normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5281 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly 5287 turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5282 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all 5288 simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5283 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_ 5289 functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5284 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of 5290 functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5285 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we 5291 the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5286 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we 5292 place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5287 reserve for this purpose. 5293 reserve for this purpose.
5288 5294
5289 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the 5295 When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5290 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by 5296 relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5291 GCC's implementation. 5297 GCC's implementation.
5292 5298
5293 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use: 5299 For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5294 R1: stack pointer 5300 R1: stack pointer
5295 R2: reserved for system use 5301 R2: reserved for system use
5296 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values 5302 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5297 R5-R10: parameter passing 5303 R5-R10: parameter passing
5298 R13: small data area pointer 5304 R13: small data area pointer
5299 R30: GOT pointer 5305 R30: GOT pointer
5300 R31: frame pointer 5306 R31: frame pointer
5301 5307
5302 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12 5308 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5303 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when 5309 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5304 going back and forth between asm and C) 5310 going back and forth between asm and C)
5305 5311
5306 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data 5312 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
5307 5313
5308 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the 5314 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5309 address of the global data structure is known at compile time), 5315 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5310 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat 5316 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5311 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on 5317 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5312 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image, 5318 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5313 624 text + 127 data). 5319 624 text + 127 data).
5314 5320
5315 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here: 5321 On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
5316 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface 5322 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5317 5323
5318 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data 5324 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
5319 5325
5320 On ARM, the following registers are used: 5326 On ARM, the following registers are used:
5321 5327
5322 R0: function argument word/integer result 5328 R0: function argument word/integer result
5323 R1-R3: function argument word 5329 R1-R3: function argument word
5324 R9: GOT pointer 5330 R9: GOT pointer
5325 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled) 5331 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
5326 R11: argument (frame) pointer 5332 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5327 R12: temporary workspace 5333 R12: temporary workspace
5328 R13: stack pointer 5334 R13: stack pointer
5329 R14: link register 5335 R14: link register
5330 R15: program counter 5336 R15: program counter
5331 5337
5332 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data 5338 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
5333 5339
5334 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here: 5340 On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5335 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf 5341 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5336 5342
5337 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data 5343 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5338 5344
5339 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp 5345 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5340 to access small data sections, so gp is free. 5346 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5341 5347
5342 On NDS32, the following registers are used: 5348 On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5343 5349
5344 R0-R1: argument/return 5350 R0-R1: argument/return
5345 R2-R5: argument 5351 R2-R5: argument
5346 R15: temporary register for assembler 5352 R15: temporary register for assembler
5347 R16: trampoline register 5353 R16: trampoline register
5348 R28: frame pointer (FP) 5354 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5349 R29: global pointer (GP) 5355 R29: global pointer (GP)
5350 R30: link register (LP) 5356 R30: link register (LP)
5351 R31: stack pointer (SP) 5357 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5352 PC: program counter (PC) 5358 PC: program counter (PC)
5353 5359
5354 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data 5360 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5355 5361
5356 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope, 5362 NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5357 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much. 5363 or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
5358 5364
5359 Memory Management: 5365 Memory Management:
5360 ------------------ 5366 ------------------
5361 5367
5362 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the 5368 U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5363 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection. 5369 MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
5364 5370
5365 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory 5371 The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5366 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each 5372 controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5367 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several 5373 memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5368 physical memory banks. 5374 physical memory banks.
5369 5375
5370 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on 5376 U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5371 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After 5377 TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5372 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself 5378 booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5373 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some 5379 to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
5374 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN 5380 memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
5375 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board 5381 configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5376 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward). 5382 Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
5377 5383
5378 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB 5384 Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5379 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF). 5385 of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
5380 5386
5381 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like 5387 So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5382 this: 5388 this:
5383 5389
5384 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code 5390 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
5385 : 5391 :
5386 0x0000 1FFF 5392 0x0000 1FFF
5387 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use 5393 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
5388 : 5394 :
5389 : 5395 :
5390 5396
5391 : 5397 :
5392 : 5398 :
5393 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward) 5399 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
5394 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data 5400 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
5395 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena 5401 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
5396 : 5402 :
5397 0x00FD FFFF 5403 0x00FD FFFF
5398 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code 5404 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
5399 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer 5405 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
5400 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset) 5406 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
5401 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM] 5407 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
5402 5408
5403 5409
5404 System Initialization: 5410 System Initialization:
5405 ---------------------- 5411 ----------------------
5406 5412
5407 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point 5413 In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
5408 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset 5414 (on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
5409 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory. 5415 configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
5410 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address. 5416 To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
5411 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!) 5417 To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
5412 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs 5418 initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
5413 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked 5419 which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
5414 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core, 5420 part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
5415 the caches and the SIU. 5421 the caches and the SIU.
5416 5422
5417 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a 5423 Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
5418 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries 5424 preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
5419 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash 5425 (multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
5420 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is 5426 on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
5421 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a 5427 programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
5422 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM 5428 simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
5423 banks. 5429 banks.
5424 5430
5425 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of 5431 When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
5426 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first 5432 different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
5427 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address 5433 bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
5428 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create 5434 0x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
5429 contiguous memory starting from 0. 5435 contiguous memory starting from 0.
5430 5436
5431 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area 5437 Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
5432 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board 5438 and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
5433 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM 5439 Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
5434 pages, and the final stack is set up. 5440 pages, and the final stack is set up.
5435 5441
5436 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment; 5442 Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
5437 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are 5443 until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
5438 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a 5444 running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
5439 new address in RAM. 5445 new address in RAM.
5440 5446
5441 5447
5442 U-Boot Porting Guide: 5448 U-Boot Porting Guide:
5443 ---------------------- 5449 ----------------------
5444 5450
5445 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing 5451 [Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
5446 list, October 2002] 5452 list, October 2002]
5447 5453
5448 5454
5449 int main(int argc, char *argv[]) 5455 int main(int argc, char *argv[])
5450 { 5456 {
5451 sighandler_t no_more_time; 5457 sighandler_t no_more_time;
5452 5458
5453 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time); 5459 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
5454 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK)); 5460 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
5455 5461
5456 if (available_money > available_manpower) { 5462 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
5457 Pay consultant to port U-Boot; 5463 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
5458 return 0; 5464 return 0;
5459 } 5465 }
5460 5466
5461 Download latest U-Boot source; 5467 Download latest U-Boot source;
5462 5468
5463 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list; 5469 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
5464 5470
5465 if (clueless) 5471 if (clueless)
5466 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?"); 5472 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
5467 5473
5468 while (learning) { 5474 while (learning) {
5469 Read the README file in the top level directory; 5475 Read the README file in the top level directory;
5470 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual; 5476 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
5471 Read applicable doc/*.README; 5477 Read applicable doc/*.README;
5472 Read the source, Luke; 5478 Read the source, Luke;
5473 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */ 5479 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
5474 } 5480 }
5475 5481
5476 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500)) 5482 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
5477 Buy a BDI3000; 5483 Buy a BDI3000;
5478 else 5484 else
5479 Add a lot of aggravation and time; 5485 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
5480 5486
5481 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */ 5487 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
5482 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard> 5488 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
5483 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h 5489 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
5484 } else { 5490 } else {
5485 Create your own board support subdirectory; 5491 Create your own board support subdirectory;
5486 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file; 5492 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
5487 } 5493 }
5488 Edit new board/<myboard> files 5494 Edit new board/<myboard> files
5489 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h 5495 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
5490 5496
5491 while (!accepted) { 5497 while (!accepted) {
5492 while (!running) { 5498 while (!running) {
5493 do { 5499 do {
5494 Add / modify source code; 5500 Add / modify source code;
5495 } until (compiles); 5501 } until (compiles);
5496 Debug; 5502 Debug;
5497 if (clueless) 5503 if (clueless)
5498 email("Hi, I am having problems..."); 5504 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
5499 } 5505 }
5500 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list; 5506 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
5501 if (reasonable critiques) 5507 if (reasonable critiques)
5502 Incorporate improvements from email list code review; 5508 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
5503 else 5509 else
5504 Defend code as written; 5510 Defend code as written;
5505 } 5511 }
5506 5512
5507 return 0; 5513 return 0;
5508 } 5514 }
5509 5515
5510 void no_more_time (int sig) 5516 void no_more_time (int sig)
5511 { 5517 {
5512 hire_a_guru(); 5518 hire_a_guru();
5513 } 5519 }
5514 5520
5515 5521
5516 Coding Standards: 5522 Coding Standards:
5517 ----------------- 5523 -----------------
5518 5524
5519 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel 5525 All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
5520 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script 5526 coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
5521 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory. 5527 "scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
5522 5528
5523 Source files originating from a different project (for example the 5529 Source files originating from a different project (for example the
5524 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not 5530 MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
5525 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those 5531 reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
5526 sources. 5532 sources.
5527 5533
5528 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in 5534 Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
5529 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//) 5535 Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
5530 in your code. 5536 in your code.
5531 5537
5532 Please also stick to the following formatting rules: 5538 Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
5533 - remove any trailing white space 5539 - remove any trailing white space
5534 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces 5540 - use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
5535 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds 5541 - make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
5536 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files 5542 - do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
5537 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files 5543 - do not add trailing empty lines to source files
5538 5544
5539 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned 5545 Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
5540 with a request to reformat the changes. 5546 with a request to reformat the changes.
5541 5547
5542 5548
5543 Submitting Patches: 5549 Submitting Patches:
5544 ------------------- 5550 -------------------
5545 5551
5546 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to 5552 Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
5547 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules 5553 establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
5548 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff. 5554 may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
5549 5555
5550 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details. 5556 Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
5551 5557
5552 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>; 5558 Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
5553 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot 5559 see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
5554 5560
5555 When you send a patch, please include the following information with 5561 When you send a patch, please include the following information with
5556 it: 5562 it:
5557 5563
5558 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes 5564 * For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
5559 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the 5565 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
5560 patch actually fixes something. 5566 patch actually fixes something.
5561 5567
5562 * For new features: a description of the feature and your 5568 * For new features: a description of the feature and your
5563 implementation. 5569 implementation.
5564 5570
5565 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch) 5571 * A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
5566 5572
5567 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file 5573 * For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
5568 5574
5569 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this 5575 * When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
5570 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too. 5576 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
5571 5577
5572 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to 5578 * If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
5573 document these in the README file. 5579 document these in the README file.
5574 5580
5575 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly* 5581 * The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
5576 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the 5582 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
5577 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to 5583 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
5578 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems 5584 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
5579 with some other mail clients. 5585 with some other mail clients.
5580 5586
5581 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of 5587 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
5582 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of 5588 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
5583 GNU diff. 5589 GNU diff.
5584 5590
5585 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent 5591 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
5586 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that 5592 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
5587 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the 5593 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
5588 affected files). 5594 affected files).
5589 5595
5590 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged, 5596 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
5591 and compressed attachments must not be used. 5597 and compressed attachments must not be used.
5592 5598
5593 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several 5599 * If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
5594 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file. 5600 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
5595 5601
5596 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be 5602 * Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
5597 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset. 5603 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
5598 5604
5599 5605
5600 Notes: 5606 Notes:
5601 5607
5602 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched 5608 * Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
5603 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported 5609 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
5604 for any of the boards. 5610 for any of the boards.
5605 5611
5606 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch 5612 * Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
5607 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be 5613 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
5608 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it. 5614 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
5609 5615
5610 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not 5616 * If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
5611 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful! 5617 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
5612 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only 5618 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
5613 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature 5619 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
5614 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your 5620 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
5615 modification. 5621 modification.
5616 5622
5617 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the 5623 * Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
5618 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are 5624 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
5619 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches 5625 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
5620 bigger than the size limit should be avoided. 5626 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.
5621 5627
1 /* 1 /*
2 * Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc. 2 * Copyright (c) 2013, Google Inc.
3 * 3 *
4 * (C) Copyright 2008 Semihalf 4 * (C) Copyright 2008 Semihalf
5 * 5 *
6 * (C) Copyright 2000-2006 6 * (C) Copyright 2000-2006
7 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 7 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
8 * 8 *
9 * See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this 9 * See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
10 * project. 10 * project.
11 * 11 *
12 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or 12 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
13 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as 13 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
14 * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of 14 * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
15 * the License, or (at your option) any later version. 15 * the License, or (at your option) any later version.
16 * 16 *
17 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 17 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
18 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 18 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
19 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 19 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
20 * GNU General Public License for more details. 20 * GNU General Public License for more details.
21 * 21 *
22 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 22 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
23 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 23 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
24 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, 24 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
25 * MA 02111-1307 USA 25 * MA 02111-1307 USA
26 */ 26 */
27 27
28 #ifdef USE_HOSTCC 28 #ifdef USE_HOSTCC
29 #include "mkimage.h" 29 #include "mkimage.h"
30 #include <image.h> 30 #include <image.h>
31 #include <time.h> 31 #include <time.h>
32 #else 32 #else
33 #include <common.h> 33 #include <common.h>
34 #endif /* !USE_HOSTCC*/ 34 #endif /* !USE_HOSTCC*/
35 35
36 #include <bootstage.h> 36 #include <bootstage.h>
37 #include <sha1.h> 37 #include <sha1.h>
38 #include <u-boot/crc.h> 38 #include <u-boot/crc.h>
39 #include <u-boot/md5.h> 39 #include <u-boot/md5.h>
40 40
41 /*****************************************************************************/ 41 /*****************************************************************************/
42 /* New uImage format routines */ 42 /* New uImage format routines */
43 /*****************************************************************************/ 43 /*****************************************************************************/
44 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC 44 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC
45 static int fit_parse_spec(const char *spec, char sepc, ulong addr_curr, 45 static int fit_parse_spec(const char *spec, char sepc, ulong addr_curr,
46 ulong *addr, const char **name) 46 ulong *addr, const char **name)
47 { 47 {
48 const char *sep; 48 const char *sep;
49 49
50 *addr = addr_curr; 50 *addr = addr_curr;
51 *name = NULL; 51 *name = NULL;
52 52
53 sep = strchr(spec, sepc); 53 sep = strchr(spec, sepc);
54 if (sep) { 54 if (sep) {
55 if (sep - spec > 0) 55 if (sep - spec > 0)
56 *addr = simple_strtoul(spec, NULL, 16); 56 *addr = simple_strtoul(spec, NULL, 16);
57 57
58 *name = sep + 1; 58 *name = sep + 1;
59 return 1; 59 return 1;
60 } 60 }
61 61
62 return 0; 62 return 0;
63 } 63 }
64 64
65 /** 65 /**
66 * fit_parse_conf - parse FIT configuration spec 66 * fit_parse_conf - parse FIT configuration spec
67 * @spec: input string, containing configuration spec 67 * @spec: input string, containing configuration spec
68 * @add_curr: current image address (to be used as a possible default) 68 * @add_curr: current image address (to be used as a possible default)
69 * @addr: pointer to a ulong variable, will hold FIT image address of a given 69 * @addr: pointer to a ulong variable, will hold FIT image address of a given
70 * configuration 70 * configuration
71 * @conf_name double pointer to a char, will hold pointer to a configuration 71 * @conf_name double pointer to a char, will hold pointer to a configuration
72 * unit name 72 * unit name
73 * 73 *
74 * fit_parse_conf() expects configuration spec in the for of [<addr>]#<conf>, 74 * fit_parse_conf() expects configuration spec in the for of [<addr>]#<conf>,
75 * where <addr> is a FIT image address that contains configuration 75 * where <addr> is a FIT image address that contains configuration
76 * with a <conf> unit name. 76 * with a <conf> unit name.
77 * 77 *
78 * Address part is optional, and if omitted default add_curr will 78 * Address part is optional, and if omitted default add_curr will
79 * be used instead. 79 * be used instead.
80 * 80 *
81 * returns: 81 * returns:
82 * 1 if spec is a valid configuration string, 82 * 1 if spec is a valid configuration string,
83 * addr and conf_name are set accordingly 83 * addr and conf_name are set accordingly
84 * 0 otherwise 84 * 0 otherwise
85 */ 85 */
86 int fit_parse_conf(const char *spec, ulong addr_curr, 86 int fit_parse_conf(const char *spec, ulong addr_curr,
87 ulong *addr, const char **conf_name) 87 ulong *addr, const char **conf_name)
88 { 88 {
89 return fit_parse_spec(spec, '#', addr_curr, addr, conf_name); 89 return fit_parse_spec(spec, '#', addr_curr, addr, conf_name);
90 } 90 }
91 91
92 /** 92 /**
93 * fit_parse_subimage - parse FIT subimage spec 93 * fit_parse_subimage - parse FIT subimage spec
94 * @spec: input string, containing subimage spec 94 * @spec: input string, containing subimage spec
95 * @add_curr: current image address (to be used as a possible default) 95 * @add_curr: current image address (to be used as a possible default)
96 * @addr: pointer to a ulong variable, will hold FIT image address of a given 96 * @addr: pointer to a ulong variable, will hold FIT image address of a given
97 * subimage 97 * subimage
98 * @image_name: double pointer to a char, will hold pointer to a subimage name 98 * @image_name: double pointer to a char, will hold pointer to a subimage name
99 * 99 *
100 * fit_parse_subimage() expects subimage spec in the for of 100 * fit_parse_subimage() expects subimage spec in the for of
101 * [<addr>]:<subimage>, where <addr> is a FIT image address that contains 101 * [<addr>]:<subimage>, where <addr> is a FIT image address that contains
102 * subimage with a <subimg> unit name. 102 * subimage with a <subimg> unit name.
103 * 103 *
104 * Address part is optional, and if omitted default add_curr will 104 * Address part is optional, and if omitted default add_curr will
105 * be used instead. 105 * be used instead.
106 * 106 *
107 * returns: 107 * returns:
108 * 1 if spec is a valid subimage string, 108 * 1 if spec is a valid subimage string,
109 * addr and image_name are set accordingly 109 * addr and image_name are set accordingly
110 * 0 otherwise 110 * 0 otherwise
111 */ 111 */
112 int fit_parse_subimage(const char *spec, ulong addr_curr, 112 int fit_parse_subimage(const char *spec, ulong addr_curr,
113 ulong *addr, const char **image_name) 113 ulong *addr, const char **image_name)
114 { 114 {
115 return fit_parse_spec(spec, ':', addr_curr, addr, image_name); 115 return fit_parse_spec(spec, ':', addr_curr, addr, image_name);
116 } 116 }
117 #endif /* !USE_HOSTCC */ 117 #endif /* !USE_HOSTCC */
118 118
119 static void fit_get_debug(const void *fit, int noffset, 119 static void fit_get_debug(const void *fit, int noffset,
120 char *prop_name, int err) 120 char *prop_name, int err)
121 { 121 {
122 debug("Can't get '%s' property from FIT 0x%08lx, node: offset %d, name %s (%s)\n", 122 debug("Can't get '%s' property from FIT 0x%08lx, node: offset %d, name %s (%s)\n",
123 prop_name, (ulong)fit, noffset, fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL), 123 prop_name, (ulong)fit, noffset, fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL),
124 fdt_strerror(err)); 124 fdt_strerror(err));
125 } 125 }
126 126
127 #if !defined(CONFIG_SPL_BUILD) || defined(CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT)
127 /** 128 /**
128 * fit_print_contents - prints out the contents of the FIT format image 129 * fit_print_contents - prints out the contents of the FIT format image
129 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 130 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
130 * @p: pointer to prefix string 131 * @p: pointer to prefix string
131 * 132 *
132 * fit_print_contents() formats a multi line FIT image contents description. 133 * fit_print_contents() formats a multi line FIT image contents description.
133 * The routine prints out FIT image properties (root node level) follwed by 134 * The routine prints out FIT image properties (root node level) follwed by
134 * the details of each component image. 135 * the details of each component image.
135 * 136 *
136 * returns: 137 * returns:
137 * no returned results 138 * no returned results
138 */ 139 */
139 void fit_print_contents(const void *fit) 140 void fit_print_contents(const void *fit)
140 { 141 {
141 char *desc; 142 char *desc;
142 char *uname; 143 char *uname;
143 int images_noffset; 144 int images_noffset;
144 int confs_noffset; 145 int confs_noffset;
145 int noffset; 146 int noffset;
146 int ndepth; 147 int ndepth;
147 int count = 0; 148 int count = 0;
148 int ret; 149 int ret;
149 const char *p; 150 const char *p;
150 time_t timestamp; 151 time_t timestamp;
151 152
152 /* Indent string is defined in header image.h */ 153 /* Indent string is defined in header image.h */
153 p = IMAGE_INDENT_STRING; 154 p = IMAGE_INDENT_STRING;
154 155
155 /* Root node properties */ 156 /* Root node properties */
156 ret = fit_get_desc(fit, 0, &desc); 157 ret = fit_get_desc(fit, 0, &desc);
157 printf("%sFIT description: ", p); 158 printf("%sFIT description: ", p);
158 if (ret) 159 if (ret)
159 printf("unavailable\n"); 160 printf("unavailable\n");
160 else 161 else
161 printf("%s\n", desc); 162 printf("%s\n", desc);
162 163
163 if (IMAGE_ENABLE_TIMESTAMP) { 164 if (IMAGE_ENABLE_TIMESTAMP) {
164 ret = fit_get_timestamp(fit, 0, &timestamp); 165 ret = fit_get_timestamp(fit, 0, &timestamp);
165 printf("%sCreated: ", p); 166 printf("%sCreated: ", p);
166 if (ret) 167 if (ret)
167 printf("unavailable\n"); 168 printf("unavailable\n");
168 else 169 else
169 genimg_print_time(timestamp); 170 genimg_print_time(timestamp);
170 } 171 }
171 172
172 /* Find images parent node offset */ 173 /* Find images parent node offset */
173 images_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_IMAGES_PATH); 174 images_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_IMAGES_PATH);
174 if (images_noffset < 0) { 175 if (images_noffset < 0) {
175 printf("Can't find images parent node '%s' (%s)\n", 176 printf("Can't find images parent node '%s' (%s)\n",
176 FIT_IMAGES_PATH, fdt_strerror(images_noffset)); 177 FIT_IMAGES_PATH, fdt_strerror(images_noffset));
177 return; 178 return;
178 } 179 }
179 180
180 /* Process its subnodes, print out component images details */ 181 /* Process its subnodes, print out component images details */
181 for (ndepth = 0, count = 0, 182 for (ndepth = 0, count = 0,
182 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, images_noffset, &ndepth); 183 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, images_noffset, &ndepth);
183 (noffset >= 0) && (ndepth > 0); 184 (noffset >= 0) && (ndepth > 0);
184 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, noffset, &ndepth)) { 185 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, noffset, &ndepth)) {
185 if (ndepth == 1) { 186 if (ndepth == 1) {
186 /* 187 /*
187 * Direct child node of the images parent node, 188 * Direct child node of the images parent node,
188 * i.e. component image node. 189 * i.e. component image node.
189 */ 190 */
190 printf("%s Image %u (%s)\n", p, count++, 191 printf("%s Image %u (%s)\n", p, count++,
191 fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL)); 192 fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL));
192 193
193 fit_image_print(fit, noffset, p); 194 fit_image_print(fit, noffset, p);
194 } 195 }
195 } 196 }
196 197
197 /* Find configurations parent node offset */ 198 /* Find configurations parent node offset */
198 confs_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_CONFS_PATH); 199 confs_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_CONFS_PATH);
199 if (confs_noffset < 0) { 200 if (confs_noffset < 0) {
200 debug("Can't get configurations parent node '%s' (%s)\n", 201 debug("Can't get configurations parent node '%s' (%s)\n",
201 FIT_CONFS_PATH, fdt_strerror(confs_noffset)); 202 FIT_CONFS_PATH, fdt_strerror(confs_noffset));
202 return; 203 return;
203 } 204 }
204 205
205 /* get default configuration unit name from default property */ 206 /* get default configuration unit name from default property */
206 uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_DEFAULT_PROP, NULL); 207 uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_DEFAULT_PROP, NULL);
207 if (uname) 208 if (uname)
208 printf("%s Default Configuration: '%s'\n", p, uname); 209 printf("%s Default Configuration: '%s'\n", p, uname);
209 210
210 /* Process its subnodes, print out configurations details */ 211 /* Process its subnodes, print out configurations details */
211 for (ndepth = 0, count = 0, 212 for (ndepth = 0, count = 0,
212 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, confs_noffset, &ndepth); 213 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, confs_noffset, &ndepth);
213 (noffset >= 0) && (ndepth > 0); 214 (noffset >= 0) && (ndepth > 0);
214 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, noffset, &ndepth)) { 215 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, noffset, &ndepth)) {
215 if (ndepth == 1) { 216 if (ndepth == 1) {
216 /* 217 /*
217 * Direct child node of the configurations parent node, 218 * Direct child node of the configurations parent node,
218 * i.e. configuration node. 219 * i.e. configuration node.
219 */ 220 */
220 printf("%s Configuration %u (%s)\n", p, count++, 221 printf("%s Configuration %u (%s)\n", p, count++,
221 fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL)); 222 fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL));
222 223
223 fit_conf_print(fit, noffset, p); 224 fit_conf_print(fit, noffset, p);
224 } 225 }
225 } 226 }
226 } 227 }
227 228
228 /** 229 /**
229 * fit_image_print_data() - prints out the hash node details 230 * fit_image_print_data() - prints out the hash node details
230 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 231 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
231 * @noffset: offset of the hash node 232 * @noffset: offset of the hash node
232 * @p: pointer to prefix string 233 * @p: pointer to prefix string
233 * 234 *
234 * fit_image_print_data() lists properies for the processed hash node 235 * fit_image_print_data() lists properies for the processed hash node
235 * 236 *
236 * returns: 237 * returns:
237 * no returned results 238 * no returned results
238 */ 239 */
239 static void fit_image_print_data(const void *fit, int noffset, const char *p) 240 static void fit_image_print_data(const void *fit, int noffset, const char *p)
240 { 241 {
241 char *algo; 242 char *algo;
242 uint8_t *value; 243 uint8_t *value;
243 int value_len; 244 int value_len;
244 int i, ret; 245 int i, ret;
245 246
246 /* 247 /*
247 * Check subnode name, must be equal to "hash". 248 * Check subnode name, must be equal to "hash".
248 * Multiple hash nodes require unique unit node 249 * Multiple hash nodes require unique unit node
249 * names, e.g. hash@1, hash@2, etc. 250 * names, e.g. hash@1, hash@2, etc.
250 */ 251 */
251 if (strncmp(fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL), 252 if (strncmp(fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL),
252 FIT_HASH_NODENAME, 253 FIT_HASH_NODENAME,
253 strlen(FIT_HASH_NODENAME)) != 0) 254 strlen(FIT_HASH_NODENAME)) != 0)
254 return; 255 return;
255 256
256 debug("%s Hash node: '%s'\n", p, 257 debug("%s Hash node: '%s'\n", p,
257 fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL)); 258 fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL));
258 259
259 printf("%s Hash algo: ", p); 260 printf("%s Hash algo: ", p);
260 if (fit_image_hash_get_algo(fit, noffset, &algo)) { 261 if (fit_image_hash_get_algo(fit, noffset, &algo)) {
261 printf("invalid/unsupported\n"); 262 printf("invalid/unsupported\n");
262 return; 263 return;
263 } 264 }
264 printf("%s\n", algo); 265 printf("%s\n", algo);
265 266
266 ret = fit_image_hash_get_value(fit, noffset, &value, 267 ret = fit_image_hash_get_value(fit, noffset, &value,
267 &value_len); 268 &value_len);
268 printf("%s Hash value: ", p); 269 printf("%s Hash value: ", p);
269 if (ret) { 270 if (ret) {
270 printf("unavailable\n"); 271 printf("unavailable\n");
271 } else { 272 } else {
272 for (i = 0; i < value_len; i++) 273 for (i = 0; i < value_len; i++)
273 printf("%02x", value[i]); 274 printf("%02x", value[i]);
274 printf("\n"); 275 printf("\n");
275 } 276 }
276 277
277 debug("%s Hash len: %d\n", p, value_len); 278 debug("%s Hash len: %d\n", p, value_len);
278 } 279 }
279 280
280 /** 281 /**
281 * fit_image_print_verification_data() - prints out the hash/signature details 282 * fit_image_print_verification_data() - prints out the hash/signature details
282 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 283 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
283 * @noffset: offset of the hash or signature node 284 * @noffset: offset of the hash or signature node
284 * @p: pointer to prefix string 285 * @p: pointer to prefix string
285 * 286 *
286 * This lists properies for the processed hash node 287 * This lists properies for the processed hash node
287 * 288 *
288 * returns: 289 * returns:
289 * no returned results 290 * no returned results
290 */ 291 */
291 static void fit_image_print_verification_data(const void *fit, int noffset, 292 static void fit_image_print_verification_data(const void *fit, int noffset,
292 const char *p) 293 const char *p)
293 { 294 {
294 const char *name; 295 const char *name;
295 296
296 /* 297 /*
297 * Check subnode name, must be equal to "hash" or "signature". 298 * Check subnode name, must be equal to "hash" or "signature".
298 * Multiple hash/signature nodes require unique unit node 299 * Multiple hash/signature nodes require unique unit node
299 * names, e.g. hash@1, hash@2, signature@1, signature@2, etc. 300 * names, e.g. hash@1, hash@2, signature@1, signature@2, etc.
300 */ 301 */
301 name = fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL); 302 name = fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL);
302 if (!strncmp(name, FIT_HASH_NODENAME, strlen(FIT_HASH_NODENAME))) 303 if (!strncmp(name, FIT_HASH_NODENAME, strlen(FIT_HASH_NODENAME)))
303 fit_image_print_data(fit, noffset, p); 304 fit_image_print_data(fit, noffset, p);
304 } 305 }
305 306
306 /** 307 /**
307 * fit_image_print - prints out the FIT component image details 308 * fit_image_print - prints out the FIT component image details
308 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 309 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
309 * @image_noffset: offset of the component image node 310 * @image_noffset: offset of the component image node
310 * @p: pointer to prefix string 311 * @p: pointer to prefix string
311 * 312 *
312 * fit_image_print() lists all mandatory properies for the processed component 313 * fit_image_print() lists all mandatory properies for the processed component
313 * image. If present, hash nodes are printed out as well. Load 314 * image. If present, hash nodes are printed out as well. Load
314 * address for images of type firmware is also printed out. Since the load 315 * address for images of type firmware is also printed out. Since the load
315 * address is not mandatory for firmware images, it will be output as 316 * address is not mandatory for firmware images, it will be output as
316 * "unavailable" when not present. 317 * "unavailable" when not present.
317 * 318 *
318 * returns: 319 * returns:
319 * no returned results 320 * no returned results
320 */ 321 */
321 void fit_image_print(const void *fit, int image_noffset, const char *p) 322 void fit_image_print(const void *fit, int image_noffset, const char *p)
322 { 323 {
323 char *desc; 324 char *desc;
324 uint8_t type, arch, os, comp; 325 uint8_t type, arch, os, comp;
325 size_t size; 326 size_t size;
326 ulong load, entry; 327 ulong load, entry;
327 const void *data; 328 const void *data;
328 int noffset; 329 int noffset;
329 int ndepth; 330 int ndepth;
330 int ret; 331 int ret;
331 332
332 /* Mandatory properties */ 333 /* Mandatory properties */
333 ret = fit_get_desc(fit, image_noffset, &desc); 334 ret = fit_get_desc(fit, image_noffset, &desc);
334 printf("%s Description: ", p); 335 printf("%s Description: ", p);
335 if (ret) 336 if (ret)
336 printf("unavailable\n"); 337 printf("unavailable\n");
337 else 338 else
338 printf("%s\n", desc); 339 printf("%s\n", desc);
339 340
340 fit_image_get_type(fit, image_noffset, &type); 341 fit_image_get_type(fit, image_noffset, &type);
341 printf("%s Type: %s\n", p, genimg_get_type_name(type)); 342 printf("%s Type: %s\n", p, genimg_get_type_name(type));
342 343
343 fit_image_get_comp(fit, image_noffset, &comp); 344 fit_image_get_comp(fit, image_noffset, &comp);
344 printf("%s Compression: %s\n", p, genimg_get_comp_name(comp)); 345 printf("%s Compression: %s\n", p, genimg_get_comp_name(comp));
345 346
346 ret = fit_image_get_data(fit, image_noffset, &data, &size); 347 ret = fit_image_get_data(fit, image_noffset, &data, &size);
347 348
348 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC 349 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC
349 printf("%s Data Start: ", p); 350 printf("%s Data Start: ", p);
350 if (ret) 351 if (ret)
351 printf("unavailable\n"); 352 printf("unavailable\n");
352 else 353 else
353 printf("0x%08lx\n", (ulong)data); 354 printf("0x%08lx\n", (ulong)data);
354 #endif 355 #endif
355 356
356 printf("%s Data Size: ", p); 357 printf("%s Data Size: ", p);
357 if (ret) 358 if (ret)
358 printf("unavailable\n"); 359 printf("unavailable\n");
359 else 360 else
360 genimg_print_size(size); 361 genimg_print_size(size);
361 362
362 /* Remaining, type dependent properties */ 363 /* Remaining, type dependent properties */
363 if ((type == IH_TYPE_KERNEL) || (type == IH_TYPE_STANDALONE) || 364 if ((type == IH_TYPE_KERNEL) || (type == IH_TYPE_STANDALONE) ||
364 (type == IH_TYPE_RAMDISK) || (type == IH_TYPE_FIRMWARE) || 365 (type == IH_TYPE_RAMDISK) || (type == IH_TYPE_FIRMWARE) ||
365 (type == IH_TYPE_FLATDT)) { 366 (type == IH_TYPE_FLATDT)) {
366 fit_image_get_arch(fit, image_noffset, &arch); 367 fit_image_get_arch(fit, image_noffset, &arch);
367 printf("%s Architecture: %s\n", p, genimg_get_arch_name(arch)); 368 printf("%s Architecture: %s\n", p, genimg_get_arch_name(arch));
368 } 369 }
369 370
370 if ((type == IH_TYPE_KERNEL) || (type == IH_TYPE_RAMDISK)) { 371 if ((type == IH_TYPE_KERNEL) || (type == IH_TYPE_RAMDISK)) {
371 fit_image_get_os(fit, image_noffset, &os); 372 fit_image_get_os(fit, image_noffset, &os);
372 printf("%s OS: %s\n", p, genimg_get_os_name(os)); 373 printf("%s OS: %s\n", p, genimg_get_os_name(os));
373 } 374 }
374 375
375 if ((type == IH_TYPE_KERNEL) || (type == IH_TYPE_STANDALONE) || 376 if ((type == IH_TYPE_KERNEL) || (type == IH_TYPE_STANDALONE) ||
376 (type == IH_TYPE_FIRMWARE) || (type == IH_TYPE_RAMDISK)) { 377 (type == IH_TYPE_FIRMWARE) || (type == IH_TYPE_RAMDISK)) {
377 ret = fit_image_get_load(fit, image_noffset, &load); 378 ret = fit_image_get_load(fit, image_noffset, &load);
378 printf("%s Load Address: ", p); 379 printf("%s Load Address: ", p);
379 if (ret) 380 if (ret)
380 printf("unavailable\n"); 381 printf("unavailable\n");
381 else 382 else
382 printf("0x%08lx\n", load); 383 printf("0x%08lx\n", load);
383 } 384 }
384 385
385 if ((type == IH_TYPE_KERNEL) || (type == IH_TYPE_STANDALONE) || 386 if ((type == IH_TYPE_KERNEL) || (type == IH_TYPE_STANDALONE) ||
386 (type == IH_TYPE_RAMDISK)) { 387 (type == IH_TYPE_RAMDISK)) {
387 fit_image_get_entry(fit, image_noffset, &entry); 388 fit_image_get_entry(fit, image_noffset, &entry);
388 printf("%s Entry Point: ", p); 389 printf("%s Entry Point: ", p);
389 if (ret) 390 if (ret)
390 printf("unavailable\n"); 391 printf("unavailable\n");
391 else 392 else
392 printf("0x%08lx\n", entry); 393 printf("0x%08lx\n", entry);
393 } 394 }
394 395
395 /* Process all hash subnodes of the component image node */ 396 /* Process all hash subnodes of the component image node */
396 for (ndepth = 0, noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, image_noffset, &ndepth); 397 for (ndepth = 0, noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, image_noffset, &ndepth);
397 (noffset >= 0) && (ndepth > 0); 398 (noffset >= 0) && (ndepth > 0);
398 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, noffset, &ndepth)) { 399 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, noffset, &ndepth)) {
399 if (ndepth == 1) { 400 if (ndepth == 1) {
400 /* Direct child node of the component image node */ 401 /* Direct child node of the component image node */
401 fit_image_print_verification_data(fit, noffset, p); 402 fit_image_print_verification_data(fit, noffset, p);
402 } 403 }
403 } 404 }
404 } 405 }
406 #endif
405 407
406 /** 408 /**
407 * fit_get_desc - get node description property 409 * fit_get_desc - get node description property
408 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 410 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
409 * @noffset: node offset 411 * @noffset: node offset
410 * @desc: double pointer to the char, will hold pointer to the descrption 412 * @desc: double pointer to the char, will hold pointer to the descrption
411 * 413 *
412 * fit_get_desc() reads description property from a given node, if 414 * fit_get_desc() reads description property from a given node, if
413 * description is found pointer to it is returened in third call argument. 415 * description is found pointer to it is returened in third call argument.
414 * 416 *
415 * returns: 417 * returns:
416 * 0, on success 418 * 0, on success
417 * -1, on failure 419 * -1, on failure
418 */ 420 */
419 int fit_get_desc(const void *fit, int noffset, char **desc) 421 int fit_get_desc(const void *fit, int noffset, char **desc)
420 { 422 {
421 int len; 423 int len;
422 424
423 *desc = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_DESC_PROP, &len); 425 *desc = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_DESC_PROP, &len);
424 if (*desc == NULL) { 426 if (*desc == NULL) {
425 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_DESC_PROP, len); 427 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_DESC_PROP, len);
426 return -1; 428 return -1;
427 } 429 }
428 430
429 return 0; 431 return 0;
430 } 432 }
431 433
432 /** 434 /**
433 * fit_get_timestamp - get node timestamp property 435 * fit_get_timestamp - get node timestamp property
434 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 436 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
435 * @noffset: node offset 437 * @noffset: node offset
436 * @timestamp: pointer to the time_t, will hold read timestamp 438 * @timestamp: pointer to the time_t, will hold read timestamp
437 * 439 *
438 * fit_get_timestamp() reads timestamp poperty from given node, if timestamp 440 * fit_get_timestamp() reads timestamp poperty from given node, if timestamp
439 * is found and has a correct size its value is retured in third call 441 * is found and has a correct size its value is retured in third call
440 * argument. 442 * argument.
441 * 443 *
442 * returns: 444 * returns:
443 * 0, on success 445 * 0, on success
444 * -1, on property read failure 446 * -1, on property read failure
445 * -2, on wrong timestamp size 447 * -2, on wrong timestamp size
446 */ 448 */
447 int fit_get_timestamp(const void *fit, int noffset, time_t *timestamp) 449 int fit_get_timestamp(const void *fit, int noffset, time_t *timestamp)
448 { 450 {
449 int len; 451 int len;
450 const void *data; 452 const void *data;
451 453
452 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP, &len); 454 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP, &len);
453 if (data == NULL) { 455 if (data == NULL) {
454 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP, len); 456 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP, len);
455 return -1; 457 return -1;
456 } 458 }
457 if (len != sizeof(uint32_t)) { 459 if (len != sizeof(uint32_t)) {
458 debug("FIT timestamp with incorrect size of (%u)\n", len); 460 debug("FIT timestamp with incorrect size of (%u)\n", len);
459 return -2; 461 return -2;
460 } 462 }
461 463
462 *timestamp = uimage_to_cpu(*((uint32_t *)data)); 464 *timestamp = uimage_to_cpu(*((uint32_t *)data));
463 return 0; 465 return 0;
464 } 466 }
465 467
466 /** 468 /**
467 * fit_image_get_node - get node offset for component image of a given unit name 469 * fit_image_get_node - get node offset for component image of a given unit name
468 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 470 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
469 * @image_uname: component image node unit name 471 * @image_uname: component image node unit name
470 * 472 *
471 * fit_image_get_node() finds a component image (withing the '/images' 473 * fit_image_get_node() finds a component image (withing the '/images'
472 * node) of a provided unit name. If image is found its node offset is 474 * node) of a provided unit name. If image is found its node offset is
473 * returned to the caller. 475 * returned to the caller.
474 * 476 *
475 * returns: 477 * returns:
476 * image node offset when found (>=0) 478 * image node offset when found (>=0)
477 * negative number on failure (FDT_ERR_* code) 479 * negative number on failure (FDT_ERR_* code)
478 */ 480 */
479 int fit_image_get_node(const void *fit, const char *image_uname) 481 int fit_image_get_node(const void *fit, const char *image_uname)
480 { 482 {
481 int noffset, images_noffset; 483 int noffset, images_noffset;
482 484
483 images_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_IMAGES_PATH); 485 images_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_IMAGES_PATH);
484 if (images_noffset < 0) { 486 if (images_noffset < 0) {
485 debug("Can't find images parent node '%s' (%s)\n", 487 debug("Can't find images parent node '%s' (%s)\n",
486 FIT_IMAGES_PATH, fdt_strerror(images_noffset)); 488 FIT_IMAGES_PATH, fdt_strerror(images_noffset));
487 return images_noffset; 489 return images_noffset;
488 } 490 }
489 491
490 noffset = fdt_subnode_offset(fit, images_noffset, image_uname); 492 noffset = fdt_subnode_offset(fit, images_noffset, image_uname);
491 if (noffset < 0) { 493 if (noffset < 0) {
492 debug("Can't get node offset for image unit name: '%s' (%s)\n", 494 debug("Can't get node offset for image unit name: '%s' (%s)\n",
493 image_uname, fdt_strerror(noffset)); 495 image_uname, fdt_strerror(noffset));
494 } 496 }
495 497
496 return noffset; 498 return noffset;
497 } 499 }
498 500
499 /** 501 /**
500 * fit_image_get_os - get os id for a given component image node 502 * fit_image_get_os - get os id for a given component image node
501 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 503 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
502 * @noffset: component image node offset 504 * @noffset: component image node offset
503 * @os: pointer to the uint8_t, will hold os numeric id 505 * @os: pointer to the uint8_t, will hold os numeric id
504 * 506 *
505 * fit_image_get_os() finds os property in a given component image node. 507 * fit_image_get_os() finds os property in a given component image node.
506 * If the property is found, its (string) value is translated to the numeric 508 * If the property is found, its (string) value is translated to the numeric
507 * id which is returned to the caller. 509 * id which is returned to the caller.
508 * 510 *
509 * returns: 511 * returns:
510 * 0, on success 512 * 0, on success
511 * -1, on failure 513 * -1, on failure
512 */ 514 */
513 int fit_image_get_os(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *os) 515 int fit_image_get_os(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *os)
514 { 516 {
515 int len; 517 int len;
516 const void *data; 518 const void *data;
517 519
518 /* Get OS name from property data */ 520 /* Get OS name from property data */
519 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_OS_PROP, &len); 521 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_OS_PROP, &len);
520 if (data == NULL) { 522 if (data == NULL) {
521 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_OS_PROP, len); 523 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_OS_PROP, len);
522 *os = -1; 524 *os = -1;
523 return -1; 525 return -1;
524 } 526 }
525 527
526 /* Translate OS name to id */ 528 /* Translate OS name to id */
527 *os = genimg_get_os_id(data); 529 *os = genimg_get_os_id(data);
528 return 0; 530 return 0;
529 } 531 }
530 532
531 /** 533 /**
532 * fit_image_get_arch - get arch id for a given component image node 534 * fit_image_get_arch - get arch id for a given component image node
533 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 535 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
534 * @noffset: component image node offset 536 * @noffset: component image node offset
535 * @arch: pointer to the uint8_t, will hold arch numeric id 537 * @arch: pointer to the uint8_t, will hold arch numeric id
536 * 538 *
537 * fit_image_get_arch() finds arch property in a given component image node. 539 * fit_image_get_arch() finds arch property in a given component image node.
538 * If the property is found, its (string) value is translated to the numeric 540 * If the property is found, its (string) value is translated to the numeric
539 * id which is returned to the caller. 541 * id which is returned to the caller.
540 * 542 *
541 * returns: 543 * returns:
542 * 0, on success 544 * 0, on success
543 * -1, on failure 545 * -1, on failure
544 */ 546 */
545 int fit_image_get_arch(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *arch) 547 int fit_image_get_arch(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *arch)
546 { 548 {
547 int len; 549 int len;
548 const void *data; 550 const void *data;
549 551
550 /* Get architecture name from property data */ 552 /* Get architecture name from property data */
551 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_ARCH_PROP, &len); 553 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_ARCH_PROP, &len);
552 if (data == NULL) { 554 if (data == NULL) {
553 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_ARCH_PROP, len); 555 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_ARCH_PROP, len);
554 *arch = -1; 556 *arch = -1;
555 return -1; 557 return -1;
556 } 558 }
557 559
558 /* Translate architecture name to id */ 560 /* Translate architecture name to id */
559 *arch = genimg_get_arch_id(data); 561 *arch = genimg_get_arch_id(data);
560 return 0; 562 return 0;
561 } 563 }
562 564
563 /** 565 /**
564 * fit_image_get_type - get type id for a given component image node 566 * fit_image_get_type - get type id for a given component image node
565 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 567 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
566 * @noffset: component image node offset 568 * @noffset: component image node offset
567 * @type: pointer to the uint8_t, will hold type numeric id 569 * @type: pointer to the uint8_t, will hold type numeric id
568 * 570 *
569 * fit_image_get_type() finds type property in a given component image node. 571 * fit_image_get_type() finds type property in a given component image node.
570 * If the property is found, its (string) value is translated to the numeric 572 * If the property is found, its (string) value is translated to the numeric
571 * id which is returned to the caller. 573 * id which is returned to the caller.
572 * 574 *
573 * returns: 575 * returns:
574 * 0, on success 576 * 0, on success
575 * -1, on failure 577 * -1, on failure
576 */ 578 */
577 int fit_image_get_type(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *type) 579 int fit_image_get_type(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *type)
578 { 580 {
579 int len; 581 int len;
580 const void *data; 582 const void *data;
581 583
582 /* Get image type name from property data */ 584 /* Get image type name from property data */
583 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_TYPE_PROP, &len); 585 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_TYPE_PROP, &len);
584 if (data == NULL) { 586 if (data == NULL) {
585 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_TYPE_PROP, len); 587 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_TYPE_PROP, len);
586 *type = -1; 588 *type = -1;
587 return -1; 589 return -1;
588 } 590 }
589 591
590 /* Translate image type name to id */ 592 /* Translate image type name to id */
591 *type = genimg_get_type_id(data); 593 *type = genimg_get_type_id(data);
592 return 0; 594 return 0;
593 } 595 }
594 596
595 /** 597 /**
596 * fit_image_get_comp - get comp id for a given component image node 598 * fit_image_get_comp - get comp id for a given component image node
597 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 599 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
598 * @noffset: component image node offset 600 * @noffset: component image node offset
599 * @comp: pointer to the uint8_t, will hold comp numeric id 601 * @comp: pointer to the uint8_t, will hold comp numeric id
600 * 602 *
601 * fit_image_get_comp() finds comp property in a given component image node. 603 * fit_image_get_comp() finds comp property in a given component image node.
602 * If the property is found, its (string) value is translated to the numeric 604 * If the property is found, its (string) value is translated to the numeric
603 * id which is returned to the caller. 605 * id which is returned to the caller.
604 * 606 *
605 * returns: 607 * returns:
606 * 0, on success 608 * 0, on success
607 * -1, on failure 609 * -1, on failure
608 */ 610 */
609 int fit_image_get_comp(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *comp) 611 int fit_image_get_comp(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *comp)
610 { 612 {
611 int len; 613 int len;
612 const void *data; 614 const void *data;
613 615
614 /* Get compression name from property data */ 616 /* Get compression name from property data */
615 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_COMP_PROP, &len); 617 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_COMP_PROP, &len);
616 if (data == NULL) { 618 if (data == NULL) {
617 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_COMP_PROP, len); 619 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_COMP_PROP, len);
618 *comp = -1; 620 *comp = -1;
619 return -1; 621 return -1;
620 } 622 }
621 623
622 /* Translate compression name to id */ 624 /* Translate compression name to id */
623 *comp = genimg_get_comp_id(data); 625 *comp = genimg_get_comp_id(data);
624 return 0; 626 return 0;
625 } 627 }
626 628
627 /** 629 /**
628 * fit_image_get_load() - get load addr property for given component image node 630 * fit_image_get_load() - get load addr property for given component image node
629 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 631 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
630 * @noffset: component image node offset 632 * @noffset: component image node offset
631 * @load: pointer to the uint32_t, will hold load address 633 * @load: pointer to the uint32_t, will hold load address
632 * 634 *
633 * fit_image_get_load() finds load address property in a given component 635 * fit_image_get_load() finds load address property in a given component
634 * image node. If the property is found, its value is returned to the caller. 636 * image node. If the property is found, its value is returned to the caller.
635 * 637 *
636 * returns: 638 * returns:
637 * 0, on success 639 * 0, on success
638 * -1, on failure 640 * -1, on failure
639 */ 641 */
640 int fit_image_get_load(const void *fit, int noffset, ulong *load) 642 int fit_image_get_load(const void *fit, int noffset, ulong *load)
641 { 643 {
642 int len; 644 int len;
643 const uint32_t *data; 645 const uint32_t *data;
644 646
645 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_LOAD_PROP, &len); 647 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_LOAD_PROP, &len);
646 if (data == NULL) { 648 if (data == NULL) {
647 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_LOAD_PROP, len); 649 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_LOAD_PROP, len);
648 return -1; 650 return -1;
649 } 651 }
650 652
651 *load = uimage_to_cpu(*data); 653 *load = uimage_to_cpu(*data);
652 return 0; 654 return 0;
653 } 655 }
654 656
655 /** 657 /**
656 * fit_image_get_entry() - get entry point address property 658 * fit_image_get_entry() - get entry point address property
657 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 659 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
658 * @noffset: component image node offset 660 * @noffset: component image node offset
659 * @entry: pointer to the uint32_t, will hold entry point address 661 * @entry: pointer to the uint32_t, will hold entry point address
660 * 662 *
661 * This gets the entry point address property for a given component image 663 * This gets the entry point address property for a given component image
662 * node. 664 * node.
663 * 665 *
664 * fit_image_get_entry() finds entry point address property in a given 666 * fit_image_get_entry() finds entry point address property in a given
665 * component image node. If the property is found, its value is returned 667 * component image node. If the property is found, its value is returned
666 * to the caller. 668 * to the caller.
667 * 669 *
668 * returns: 670 * returns:
669 * 0, on success 671 * 0, on success
670 * -1, on failure 672 * -1, on failure
671 */ 673 */
672 int fit_image_get_entry(const void *fit, int noffset, ulong *entry) 674 int fit_image_get_entry(const void *fit, int noffset, ulong *entry)
673 { 675 {
674 int len; 676 int len;
675 const uint32_t *data; 677 const uint32_t *data;
676 678
677 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_ENTRY_PROP, &len); 679 data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_ENTRY_PROP, &len);
678 if (data == NULL) { 680 if (data == NULL) {
679 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_ENTRY_PROP, len); 681 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_ENTRY_PROP, len);
680 return -1; 682 return -1;
681 } 683 }
682 684
683 *entry = uimage_to_cpu(*data); 685 *entry = uimage_to_cpu(*data);
684 return 0; 686 return 0;
685 } 687 }
686 688
687 /** 689 /**
688 * fit_image_get_data - get data property and its size for a given component image node 690 * fit_image_get_data - get data property and its size for a given component image node
689 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 691 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
690 * @noffset: component image node offset 692 * @noffset: component image node offset
691 * @data: double pointer to void, will hold data property's data address 693 * @data: double pointer to void, will hold data property's data address
692 * @size: pointer to size_t, will hold data property's data size 694 * @size: pointer to size_t, will hold data property's data size
693 * 695 *
694 * fit_image_get_data() finds data property in a given component image node. 696 * fit_image_get_data() finds data property in a given component image node.
695 * If the property is found its data start address and size are returned to 697 * If the property is found its data start address and size are returned to
696 * the caller. 698 * the caller.
697 * 699 *
698 * returns: 700 * returns:
699 * 0, on success 701 * 0, on success
700 * -1, on failure 702 * -1, on failure
701 */ 703 */
702 int fit_image_get_data(const void *fit, int noffset, 704 int fit_image_get_data(const void *fit, int noffset,
703 const void **data, size_t *size) 705 const void **data, size_t *size)
704 { 706 {
705 int len; 707 int len;
706 708
707 *data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_DATA_PROP, &len); 709 *data = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_DATA_PROP, &len);
708 if (*data == NULL) { 710 if (*data == NULL) {
709 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_DATA_PROP, len); 711 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_DATA_PROP, len);
710 *size = 0; 712 *size = 0;
711 return -1; 713 return -1;
712 } 714 }
713 715
714 *size = len; 716 *size = len;
715 return 0; 717 return 0;
716 } 718 }
717 719
718 /** 720 /**
719 * fit_image_hash_get_algo - get hash algorithm name 721 * fit_image_hash_get_algo - get hash algorithm name
720 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 722 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
721 * @noffset: hash node offset 723 * @noffset: hash node offset
722 * @algo: double pointer to char, will hold pointer to the algorithm name 724 * @algo: double pointer to char, will hold pointer to the algorithm name
723 * 725 *
724 * fit_image_hash_get_algo() finds hash algorithm property in a given hash node. 726 * fit_image_hash_get_algo() finds hash algorithm property in a given hash node.
725 * If the property is found its data start address is returned to the caller. 727 * If the property is found its data start address is returned to the caller.
726 * 728 *
727 * returns: 729 * returns:
728 * 0, on success 730 * 0, on success
729 * -1, on failure 731 * -1, on failure
730 */ 732 */
731 int fit_image_hash_get_algo(const void *fit, int noffset, char **algo) 733 int fit_image_hash_get_algo(const void *fit, int noffset, char **algo)
732 { 734 {
733 int len; 735 int len;
734 736
735 *algo = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_ALGO_PROP, &len); 737 *algo = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_ALGO_PROP, &len);
736 if (*algo == NULL) { 738 if (*algo == NULL) {
737 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_ALGO_PROP, len); 739 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_ALGO_PROP, len);
738 return -1; 740 return -1;
739 } 741 }
740 742
741 return 0; 743 return 0;
742 } 744 }
743 745
744 /** 746 /**
745 * fit_image_hash_get_value - get hash value and length 747 * fit_image_hash_get_value - get hash value and length
746 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 748 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
747 * @noffset: hash node offset 749 * @noffset: hash node offset
748 * @value: double pointer to uint8_t, will hold address of a hash value data 750 * @value: double pointer to uint8_t, will hold address of a hash value data
749 * @value_len: pointer to an int, will hold hash data length 751 * @value_len: pointer to an int, will hold hash data length
750 * 752 *
751 * fit_image_hash_get_value() finds hash value property in a given hash node. 753 * fit_image_hash_get_value() finds hash value property in a given hash node.
752 * If the property is found its data start address and size are returned to 754 * If the property is found its data start address and size are returned to
753 * the caller. 755 * the caller.
754 * 756 *
755 * returns: 757 * returns:
756 * 0, on success 758 * 0, on success
757 * -1, on failure 759 * -1, on failure
758 */ 760 */
759 int fit_image_hash_get_value(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t **value, 761 int fit_image_hash_get_value(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t **value,
760 int *value_len) 762 int *value_len)
761 { 763 {
762 int len; 764 int len;
763 765
764 *value = (uint8_t *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_VALUE_PROP, &len); 766 *value = (uint8_t *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_VALUE_PROP, &len);
765 if (*value == NULL) { 767 if (*value == NULL) {
766 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_VALUE_PROP, len); 768 fit_get_debug(fit, noffset, FIT_VALUE_PROP, len);
767 *value_len = 0; 769 *value_len = 0;
768 return -1; 770 return -1;
769 } 771 }
770 772
771 *value_len = len; 773 *value_len = len;
772 return 0; 774 return 0;
773 } 775 }
774 776
775 /** 777 /**
776 * fit_image_hash_get_ignore - get hash ignore flag 778 * fit_image_hash_get_ignore - get hash ignore flag
777 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 779 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
778 * @noffset: hash node offset 780 * @noffset: hash node offset
779 * @ignore: pointer to an int, will hold hash ignore flag 781 * @ignore: pointer to an int, will hold hash ignore flag
780 * 782 *
781 * fit_image_hash_get_ignore() finds hash ignore property in a given hash node. 783 * fit_image_hash_get_ignore() finds hash ignore property in a given hash node.
782 * If the property is found and non-zero, the hash algorithm is not verified by 784 * If the property is found and non-zero, the hash algorithm is not verified by
783 * u-boot automatically. 785 * u-boot automatically.
784 * 786 *
785 * returns: 787 * returns:
786 * 0, on ignore not found 788 * 0, on ignore not found
787 * value, on ignore found 789 * value, on ignore found
788 */ 790 */
789 static int fit_image_hash_get_ignore(const void *fit, int noffset, int *ignore) 791 static int fit_image_hash_get_ignore(const void *fit, int noffset, int *ignore)
790 { 792 {
791 int len; 793 int len;
792 int *value; 794 int *value;
793 795
794 value = (int *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_IGNORE_PROP, &len); 796 value = (int *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_IGNORE_PROP, &len);
795 if (value == NULL || len != sizeof(int)) 797 if (value == NULL || len != sizeof(int))
796 *ignore = 0; 798 *ignore = 0;
797 else 799 else
798 *ignore = *value; 800 *ignore = *value;
799 801
800 return 0; 802 return 0;
801 } 803 }
802 804
803 /** 805 /**
804 * fit_set_timestamp - set node timestamp property 806 * fit_set_timestamp - set node timestamp property
805 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 807 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
806 * @noffset: node offset 808 * @noffset: node offset
807 * @timestamp: timestamp value to be set 809 * @timestamp: timestamp value to be set
808 * 810 *
809 * fit_set_timestamp() attempts to set timestamp property in the requested 811 * fit_set_timestamp() attempts to set timestamp property in the requested
810 * node and returns operation status to the caller. 812 * node and returns operation status to the caller.
811 * 813 *
812 * returns: 814 * returns:
813 * 0, on success 815 * 0, on success
814 * -1, on property read failure 816 * -1, on property read failure
815 */ 817 */
816 int fit_set_timestamp(void *fit, int noffset, time_t timestamp) 818 int fit_set_timestamp(void *fit, int noffset, time_t timestamp)
817 { 819 {
818 uint32_t t; 820 uint32_t t;
819 int ret; 821 int ret;
820 822
821 t = cpu_to_uimage(timestamp); 823 t = cpu_to_uimage(timestamp);
822 ret = fdt_setprop(fit, noffset, FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP, &t, 824 ret = fdt_setprop(fit, noffset, FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP, &t,
823 sizeof(uint32_t)); 825 sizeof(uint32_t));
824 if (ret) { 826 if (ret) {
825 printf("Can't set '%s' property for '%s' node (%s)\n", 827 printf("Can't set '%s' property for '%s' node (%s)\n",
826 FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP, fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL), 828 FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP, fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL),
827 fdt_strerror(ret)); 829 fdt_strerror(ret));
828 return -1; 830 return -1;
829 } 831 }
830 832
831 return 0; 833 return 0;
832 } 834 }
833 835
834 /** 836 /**
835 * calculate_hash - calculate and return hash for provided input data 837 * calculate_hash - calculate and return hash for provided input data
836 * @data: pointer to the input data 838 * @data: pointer to the input data
837 * @data_len: data length 839 * @data_len: data length
838 * @algo: requested hash algorithm 840 * @algo: requested hash algorithm
839 * @value: pointer to the char, will hold hash value data (caller must 841 * @value: pointer to the char, will hold hash value data (caller must
840 * allocate enough free space) 842 * allocate enough free space)
841 * value_len: length of the calculated hash 843 * value_len: length of the calculated hash
842 * 844 *
843 * calculate_hash() computes input data hash according to the requested 845 * calculate_hash() computes input data hash according to the requested
844 * algorithm. 846 * algorithm.
845 * Resulting hash value is placed in caller provided 'value' buffer, length 847 * Resulting hash value is placed in caller provided 'value' buffer, length
846 * of the calculated hash is returned via value_len pointer argument. 848 * of the calculated hash is returned via value_len pointer argument.
847 * 849 *
848 * returns: 850 * returns:
849 * 0, on success 851 * 0, on success
850 * -1, when algo is unsupported 852 * -1, when algo is unsupported
851 */ 853 */
852 int calculate_hash(const void *data, int data_len, const char *algo, 854 int calculate_hash(const void *data, int data_len, const char *algo,
853 uint8_t *value, int *value_len) 855 uint8_t *value, int *value_len)
854 { 856 {
855 if (strcmp(algo, "crc32") == 0) { 857 if (IMAGE_ENABLE_CRC32 && strcmp(algo, "crc32") == 0) {
856 *((uint32_t *)value) = crc32_wd(0, data, data_len, 858 *((uint32_t *)value) = crc32_wd(0, data, data_len,
857 CHUNKSZ_CRC32); 859 CHUNKSZ_CRC32);
858 *((uint32_t *)value) = cpu_to_uimage(*((uint32_t *)value)); 860 *((uint32_t *)value) = cpu_to_uimage(*((uint32_t *)value));
859 *value_len = 4; 861 *value_len = 4;
860 } else if (strcmp(algo, "sha1") == 0) { 862 } else if (IMAGE_ENABLE_SHA1 && strcmp(algo, "sha1") == 0) {
861 sha1_csum_wd((unsigned char *)data, data_len, 863 sha1_csum_wd((unsigned char *)data, data_len,
862 (unsigned char *)value, CHUNKSZ_SHA1); 864 (unsigned char *)value, CHUNKSZ_SHA1);
863 *value_len = 20; 865 *value_len = 20;
864 } else if (strcmp(algo, "md5") == 0) { 866 } else if (IMAGE_ENABLE_MD5 && strcmp(algo, "md5") == 0) {
865 md5_wd((unsigned char *)data, data_len, value, CHUNKSZ_MD5); 867 md5_wd((unsigned char *)data, data_len, value, CHUNKSZ_MD5);
866 *value_len = 16; 868 *value_len = 16;
867 } else { 869 } else {
868 debug("Unsupported hash alogrithm\n"); 870 debug("Unsupported hash alogrithm\n");
869 return -1; 871 return -1;
870 } 872 }
871 return 0; 873 return 0;
872 } 874 }
873 875
874 static int fit_image_check_hash(const void *fit, int noffset, const void *data, 876 static int fit_image_check_hash(const void *fit, int noffset, const void *data,
875 size_t size, char **err_msgp) 877 size_t size, char **err_msgp)
876 { 878 {
877 uint8_t value[FIT_MAX_HASH_LEN]; 879 uint8_t value[FIT_MAX_HASH_LEN];
878 int value_len; 880 int value_len;
879 char *algo; 881 char *algo;
880 uint8_t *fit_value; 882 uint8_t *fit_value;
881 int fit_value_len; 883 int fit_value_len;
882 int ignore; 884 int ignore;
883 885
884 *err_msgp = NULL; 886 *err_msgp = NULL;
885 887
886 if (fit_image_hash_get_algo(fit, noffset, &algo)) { 888 if (fit_image_hash_get_algo(fit, noffset, &algo)) {
887 *err_msgp = "Can't get hash algo property"; 889 *err_msgp = "Can't get hash algo property";
888 return -1; 890 return -1;
889 } 891 }
890 printf("%s", algo); 892 printf("%s", algo);
891 893
892 if (IMAGE_ENABLE_IGNORE) { 894 if (IMAGE_ENABLE_IGNORE) {
893 fit_image_hash_get_ignore(fit, noffset, &ignore); 895 fit_image_hash_get_ignore(fit, noffset, &ignore);
894 if (ignore) { 896 if (ignore) {
895 printf("-skipped "); 897 printf("-skipped ");
896 return 0; 898 return 0;
897 } 899 }
898 } 900 }
899 901
900 if (fit_image_hash_get_value(fit, noffset, &fit_value, 902 if (fit_image_hash_get_value(fit, noffset, &fit_value,
901 &fit_value_len)) { 903 &fit_value_len)) {
902 *err_msgp = "Can't get hash value property"; 904 *err_msgp = "Can't get hash value property";
903 return -1; 905 return -1;
904 } 906 }
905 907
906 if (calculate_hash(data, size, algo, value, &value_len)) { 908 if (calculate_hash(data, size, algo, value, &value_len)) {
907 *err_msgp = "Unsupported hash algorithm"; 909 *err_msgp = "Unsupported hash algorithm";
908 return -1; 910 return -1;
909 } 911 }
910 912
911 if (value_len != fit_value_len) { 913 if (value_len != fit_value_len) {
912 *err_msgp = "Bad hash value len"; 914 *err_msgp = "Bad hash value len";
913 return -1; 915 return -1;
914 } else if (memcmp(value, fit_value, value_len) != 0) { 916 } else if (memcmp(value, fit_value, value_len) != 0) {
915 *err_msgp = "Bad hash value"; 917 *err_msgp = "Bad hash value";
916 return -1; 918 return -1;
917 } 919 }
918 920
919 return 0; 921 return 0;
920 } 922 }
921 923
922 /** 924 /**
923 * fit_image_verify - verify data intergity 925 * fit_image_verify - verify data intergity
924 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 926 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
925 * @image_noffset: component image node offset 927 * @image_noffset: component image node offset
926 * 928 *
927 * fit_image_verify() goes over component image hash nodes, 929 * fit_image_verify() goes over component image hash nodes,
928 * re-calculates each data hash and compares with the value stored in hash 930 * re-calculates each data hash and compares with the value stored in hash
929 * node. 931 * node.
930 * 932 *
931 * returns: 933 * returns:
932 * 1, if all hashes are valid 934 * 1, if all hashes are valid
933 * 0, otherwise (or on error) 935 * 0, otherwise (or on error)
934 */ 936 */
935 int fit_image_verify(const void *fit, int image_noffset) 937 int fit_image_verify(const void *fit, int image_noffset)
936 { 938 {
937 const void *data; 939 const void *data;
938 size_t size; 940 size_t size;
939 int noffset; 941 int noffset;
940 char *err_msg = ""; 942 char *err_msg = "";
941 943
942 /* Get image data and data length */ 944 /* Get image data and data length */
943 if (fit_image_get_data(fit, image_noffset, &data, &size)) { 945 if (fit_image_get_data(fit, image_noffset, &data, &size)) {
944 err_msg = "Can't get image data/size"; 946 err_msg = "Can't get image data/size";
945 return 0; 947 return 0;
946 } 948 }
947 949
948 /* Process all hash subnodes of the component image node */ 950 /* Process all hash subnodes of the component image node */
949 for (noffset = fdt_first_subnode(fit, image_noffset); 951 for (noffset = fdt_first_subnode(fit, image_noffset);
950 noffset >= 0; 952 noffset >= 0;
951 noffset = fdt_next_subnode(fit, noffset)) { 953 noffset = fdt_next_subnode(fit, noffset)) {
952 const char *name = fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL); 954 const char *name = fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL);
953 955
954 /* 956 /*
955 * Check subnode name, must be equal to "hash". 957 * Check subnode name, must be equal to "hash".
956 * Multiple hash nodes require unique unit node 958 * Multiple hash nodes require unique unit node
957 * names, e.g. hash@1, hash@2, etc. 959 * names, e.g. hash@1, hash@2, etc.
958 */ 960 */
959 if (!strncmp(name, FIT_HASH_NODENAME, 961 if (!strncmp(name, FIT_HASH_NODENAME,
960 strlen(FIT_HASH_NODENAME))) { 962 strlen(FIT_HASH_NODENAME))) {
961 if (fit_image_check_hash(fit, noffset, data, size, 963 if (fit_image_check_hash(fit, noffset, data, size,
962 &err_msg)) 964 &err_msg))
963 goto error; 965 goto error;
964 puts("+ "); 966 puts("+ ");
965 } 967 }
966 } 968 }
967 969
968 if (noffset == -FDT_ERR_TRUNCATED || noffset == -FDT_ERR_BADSTRUCTURE) { 970 if (noffset == -FDT_ERR_TRUNCATED || noffset == -FDT_ERR_BADSTRUCTURE) {
969 err_msg = "Corrupted or truncated tree"; 971 err_msg = "Corrupted or truncated tree";
970 goto error; 972 goto error;
971 } 973 }
972 974
973 return 1; 975 return 1;
974 976
975 error: 977 error:
976 printf(" error!\n%s for '%s' hash node in '%s' image node\n", 978 printf(" error!\n%s for '%s' hash node in '%s' image node\n",
977 err_msg, fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL), 979 err_msg, fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL),
978 fit_get_name(fit, image_noffset, NULL)); 980 fit_get_name(fit, image_noffset, NULL));
979 return 0; 981 return 0;
980 } 982 }
981 983
982 /** 984 /**
983 * fit_all_image_verify - verify data intergity for all images 985 * fit_all_image_verify - verify data intergity for all images
984 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 986 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
985 * 987 *
986 * fit_all_image_verify() goes over all images in the FIT and 988 * fit_all_image_verify() goes over all images in the FIT and
987 * for every images checks if all it's hashes are valid. 989 * for every images checks if all it's hashes are valid.
988 * 990 *
989 * returns: 991 * returns:
990 * 1, if all hashes of all images are valid 992 * 1, if all hashes of all images are valid
991 * 0, otherwise (or on error) 993 * 0, otherwise (or on error)
992 */ 994 */
993 int fit_all_image_verify(const void *fit) 995 int fit_all_image_verify(const void *fit)
994 { 996 {
995 int images_noffset; 997 int images_noffset;
996 int noffset; 998 int noffset;
997 int ndepth; 999 int ndepth;
998 int count; 1000 int count;
999 1001
1000 /* Find images parent node offset */ 1002 /* Find images parent node offset */
1001 images_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_IMAGES_PATH); 1003 images_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_IMAGES_PATH);
1002 if (images_noffset < 0) { 1004 if (images_noffset < 0) {
1003 printf("Can't find images parent node '%s' (%s)\n", 1005 printf("Can't find images parent node '%s' (%s)\n",
1004 FIT_IMAGES_PATH, fdt_strerror(images_noffset)); 1006 FIT_IMAGES_PATH, fdt_strerror(images_noffset));
1005 return 0; 1007 return 0;
1006 } 1008 }
1007 1009
1008 /* Process all image subnodes, check hashes for each */ 1010 /* Process all image subnodes, check hashes for each */
1009 printf("## Checking hash(es) for FIT Image at %08lx ...\n", 1011 printf("## Checking hash(es) for FIT Image at %08lx ...\n",
1010 (ulong)fit); 1012 (ulong)fit);
1011 for (ndepth = 0, count = 0, 1013 for (ndepth = 0, count = 0,
1012 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, images_noffset, &ndepth); 1014 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, images_noffset, &ndepth);
1013 (noffset >= 0) && (ndepth > 0); 1015 (noffset >= 0) && (ndepth > 0);
1014 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, noffset, &ndepth)) { 1016 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, noffset, &ndepth)) {
1015 if (ndepth == 1) { 1017 if (ndepth == 1) {
1016 /* 1018 /*
1017 * Direct child node of the images parent node, 1019 * Direct child node of the images parent node,
1018 * i.e. component image node. 1020 * i.e. component image node.
1019 */ 1021 */
1020 printf(" Hash(es) for Image %u (%s): ", count++, 1022 printf(" Hash(es) for Image %u (%s): ", count++,
1021 fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL)); 1023 fit_get_name(fit, noffset, NULL));
1022 1024
1023 if (!fit_image_verify(fit, noffset)) 1025 if (!fit_image_verify(fit, noffset))
1024 return 0; 1026 return 0;
1025 printf("\n"); 1027 printf("\n");
1026 } 1028 }
1027 } 1029 }
1028 return 1; 1030 return 1;
1029 } 1031 }
1030 1032
1031 /** 1033 /**
1032 * fit_image_check_os - check whether image node is of a given os type 1034 * fit_image_check_os - check whether image node is of a given os type
1033 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1035 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1034 * @noffset: component image node offset 1036 * @noffset: component image node offset
1035 * @os: requested image os 1037 * @os: requested image os
1036 * 1038 *
1037 * fit_image_check_os() reads image os property and compares its numeric 1039 * fit_image_check_os() reads image os property and compares its numeric
1038 * id with the requested os. Comparison result is returned to the caller. 1040 * id with the requested os. Comparison result is returned to the caller.
1039 * 1041 *
1040 * returns: 1042 * returns:
1041 * 1 if image is of given os type 1043 * 1 if image is of given os type
1042 * 0 otherwise (or on error) 1044 * 0 otherwise (or on error)
1043 */ 1045 */
1044 int fit_image_check_os(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t os) 1046 int fit_image_check_os(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t os)
1045 { 1047 {
1046 uint8_t image_os; 1048 uint8_t image_os;
1047 1049
1048 if (fit_image_get_os(fit, noffset, &image_os)) 1050 if (fit_image_get_os(fit, noffset, &image_os))
1049 return 0; 1051 return 0;
1050 return (os == image_os); 1052 return (os == image_os);
1051 } 1053 }
1052 1054
1053 /** 1055 /**
1054 * fit_image_check_arch - check whether image node is of a given arch 1056 * fit_image_check_arch - check whether image node is of a given arch
1055 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1057 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1056 * @noffset: component image node offset 1058 * @noffset: component image node offset
1057 * @arch: requested imagearch 1059 * @arch: requested imagearch
1058 * 1060 *
1059 * fit_image_check_arch() reads image arch property and compares its numeric 1061 * fit_image_check_arch() reads image arch property and compares its numeric
1060 * id with the requested arch. Comparison result is returned to the caller. 1062 * id with the requested arch. Comparison result is returned to the caller.
1061 * 1063 *
1062 * returns: 1064 * returns:
1063 * 1 if image is of given arch 1065 * 1 if image is of given arch
1064 * 0 otherwise (or on error) 1066 * 0 otherwise (or on error)
1065 */ 1067 */
1066 int fit_image_check_arch(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t arch) 1068 int fit_image_check_arch(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t arch)
1067 { 1069 {
1068 uint8_t image_arch; 1070 uint8_t image_arch;
1069 1071
1070 if (fit_image_get_arch(fit, noffset, &image_arch)) 1072 if (fit_image_get_arch(fit, noffset, &image_arch))
1071 return 0; 1073 return 0;
1072 return (arch == image_arch); 1074 return (arch == image_arch);
1073 } 1075 }
1074 1076
1075 /** 1077 /**
1076 * fit_image_check_type - check whether image node is of a given type 1078 * fit_image_check_type - check whether image node is of a given type
1077 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1079 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1078 * @noffset: component image node offset 1080 * @noffset: component image node offset
1079 * @type: requested image type 1081 * @type: requested image type
1080 * 1082 *
1081 * fit_image_check_type() reads image type property and compares its numeric 1083 * fit_image_check_type() reads image type property and compares its numeric
1082 * id with the requested type. Comparison result is returned to the caller. 1084 * id with the requested type. Comparison result is returned to the caller.
1083 * 1085 *
1084 * returns: 1086 * returns:
1085 * 1 if image is of given type 1087 * 1 if image is of given type
1086 * 0 otherwise (or on error) 1088 * 0 otherwise (or on error)
1087 */ 1089 */
1088 int fit_image_check_type(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t type) 1090 int fit_image_check_type(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t type)
1089 { 1091 {
1090 uint8_t image_type; 1092 uint8_t image_type;
1091 1093
1092 if (fit_image_get_type(fit, noffset, &image_type)) 1094 if (fit_image_get_type(fit, noffset, &image_type))
1093 return 0; 1095 return 0;
1094 return (type == image_type); 1096 return (type == image_type);
1095 } 1097 }
1096 1098
1097 /** 1099 /**
1098 * fit_image_check_comp - check whether image node uses given compression 1100 * fit_image_check_comp - check whether image node uses given compression
1099 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1101 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1100 * @noffset: component image node offset 1102 * @noffset: component image node offset
1101 * @comp: requested image compression type 1103 * @comp: requested image compression type
1102 * 1104 *
1103 * fit_image_check_comp() reads image compression property and compares its 1105 * fit_image_check_comp() reads image compression property and compares its
1104 * numeric id with the requested compression type. Comparison result is 1106 * numeric id with the requested compression type. Comparison result is
1105 * returned to the caller. 1107 * returned to the caller.
1106 * 1108 *
1107 * returns: 1109 * returns:
1108 * 1 if image uses requested compression 1110 * 1 if image uses requested compression
1109 * 0 otherwise (or on error) 1111 * 0 otherwise (or on error)
1110 */ 1112 */
1111 int fit_image_check_comp(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t comp) 1113 int fit_image_check_comp(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t comp)
1112 { 1114 {
1113 uint8_t image_comp; 1115 uint8_t image_comp;
1114 1116
1115 if (fit_image_get_comp(fit, noffset, &image_comp)) 1117 if (fit_image_get_comp(fit, noffset, &image_comp))
1116 return 0; 1118 return 0;
1117 return (comp == image_comp); 1119 return (comp == image_comp);
1118 } 1120 }
1119 1121
1120 /** 1122 /**
1121 * fit_check_format - sanity check FIT image format 1123 * fit_check_format - sanity check FIT image format
1122 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1124 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1123 * 1125 *
1124 * fit_check_format() runs a basic sanity FIT image verification. 1126 * fit_check_format() runs a basic sanity FIT image verification.
1125 * Routine checks for mandatory properties, nodes, etc. 1127 * Routine checks for mandatory properties, nodes, etc.
1126 * 1128 *
1127 * returns: 1129 * returns:
1128 * 1, on success 1130 * 1, on success
1129 * 0, on failure 1131 * 0, on failure
1130 */ 1132 */
1131 int fit_check_format(const void *fit) 1133 int fit_check_format(const void *fit)
1132 { 1134 {
1133 /* mandatory / node 'description' property */ 1135 /* mandatory / node 'description' property */
1134 if (fdt_getprop(fit, 0, FIT_DESC_PROP, NULL) == NULL) { 1136 if (fdt_getprop(fit, 0, FIT_DESC_PROP, NULL) == NULL) {
1135 debug("Wrong FIT format: no description\n"); 1137 debug("Wrong FIT format: no description\n");
1136 return 0; 1138 return 0;
1137 } 1139 }
1138 1140
1139 if (IMAGE_ENABLE_TIMESTAMP) { 1141 if (IMAGE_ENABLE_TIMESTAMP) {
1140 /* mandatory / node 'timestamp' property */ 1142 /* mandatory / node 'timestamp' property */
1141 if (fdt_getprop(fit, 0, FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP, NULL) == NULL) { 1143 if (fdt_getprop(fit, 0, FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP, NULL) == NULL) {
1142 debug("Wrong FIT format: no timestamp\n"); 1144 debug("Wrong FIT format: no timestamp\n");
1143 return 0; 1145 return 0;
1144 } 1146 }
1145 } 1147 }
1146 1148
1147 /* mandatory subimages parent '/images' node */ 1149 /* mandatory subimages parent '/images' node */
1148 if (fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_IMAGES_PATH) < 0) { 1150 if (fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_IMAGES_PATH) < 0) {
1149 debug("Wrong FIT format: no images parent node\n"); 1151 debug("Wrong FIT format: no images parent node\n");
1150 return 0; 1152 return 0;
1151 } 1153 }
1152 1154
1153 return 1; 1155 return 1;
1154 } 1156 }
1155 1157
1156 1158
1157 /** 1159 /**
1158 * fit_conf_find_compat 1160 * fit_conf_find_compat
1159 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1161 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1160 * @fdt: pointer to the device tree to compare against 1162 * @fdt: pointer to the device tree to compare against
1161 * 1163 *
1162 * fit_conf_find_compat() attempts to find the configuration whose fdt is the 1164 * fit_conf_find_compat() attempts to find the configuration whose fdt is the
1163 * most compatible with the passed in device tree. 1165 * most compatible with the passed in device tree.
1164 * 1166 *
1165 * Example: 1167 * Example:
1166 * 1168 *
1167 * / o image-tree 1169 * / o image-tree
1168 * |-o images 1170 * |-o images
1169 * | |-o fdt@1 1171 * | |-o fdt@1
1170 * | |-o fdt@2 1172 * | |-o fdt@2
1171 * | 1173 * |
1172 * |-o configurations 1174 * |-o configurations
1173 * |-o config@1 1175 * |-o config@1
1174 * | |-fdt = fdt@1 1176 * | |-fdt = fdt@1
1175 * | 1177 * |
1176 * |-o config@2 1178 * |-o config@2
1177 * |-fdt = fdt@2 1179 * |-fdt = fdt@2
1178 * 1180 *
1179 * / o U-Boot fdt 1181 * / o U-Boot fdt
1180 * |-compatible = "foo,bar", "bim,bam" 1182 * |-compatible = "foo,bar", "bim,bam"
1181 * 1183 *
1182 * / o kernel fdt1 1184 * / o kernel fdt1
1183 * |-compatible = "foo,bar", 1185 * |-compatible = "foo,bar",
1184 * 1186 *
1185 * / o kernel fdt2 1187 * / o kernel fdt2
1186 * |-compatible = "bim,bam", "baz,biz" 1188 * |-compatible = "bim,bam", "baz,biz"
1187 * 1189 *
1188 * Configuration 1 would be picked because the first string in U-Boot's 1190 * Configuration 1 would be picked because the first string in U-Boot's
1189 * compatible list, "foo,bar", matches a compatible string in the root of fdt1. 1191 * compatible list, "foo,bar", matches a compatible string in the root of fdt1.
1190 * "bim,bam" in fdt2 matches the second string which isn't as good as fdt1. 1192 * "bim,bam" in fdt2 matches the second string which isn't as good as fdt1.
1191 * 1193 *
1192 * returns: 1194 * returns:
1193 * offset to the configuration to use if one was found 1195 * offset to the configuration to use if one was found
1194 * -1 otherwise 1196 * -1 otherwise
1195 */ 1197 */
1196 int fit_conf_find_compat(const void *fit, const void *fdt) 1198 int fit_conf_find_compat(const void *fit, const void *fdt)
1197 { 1199 {
1198 int ndepth = 0; 1200 int ndepth = 0;
1199 int noffset, confs_noffset, images_noffset; 1201 int noffset, confs_noffset, images_noffset;
1200 const void *fdt_compat; 1202 const void *fdt_compat;
1201 int fdt_compat_len; 1203 int fdt_compat_len;
1202 int best_match_offset = 0; 1204 int best_match_offset = 0;
1203 int best_match_pos = 0; 1205 int best_match_pos = 0;
1204 1206
1205 confs_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_CONFS_PATH); 1207 confs_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_CONFS_PATH);
1206 images_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_IMAGES_PATH); 1208 images_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_IMAGES_PATH);
1207 if (confs_noffset < 0 || images_noffset < 0) { 1209 if (confs_noffset < 0 || images_noffset < 0) {
1208 debug("Can't find configurations or images nodes.\n"); 1210 debug("Can't find configurations or images nodes.\n");
1209 return -1; 1211 return -1;
1210 } 1212 }
1211 1213
1212 fdt_compat = fdt_getprop(fdt, 0, "compatible", &fdt_compat_len); 1214 fdt_compat = fdt_getprop(fdt, 0, "compatible", &fdt_compat_len);
1213 if (!fdt_compat) { 1215 if (!fdt_compat) {
1214 debug("Fdt for comparison has no \"compatible\" property.\n"); 1216 debug("Fdt for comparison has no \"compatible\" property.\n");
1215 return -1; 1217 return -1;
1216 } 1218 }
1217 1219
1218 /* 1220 /*
1219 * Loop over the configurations in the FIT image. 1221 * Loop over the configurations in the FIT image.
1220 */ 1222 */
1221 for (noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, confs_noffset, &ndepth); 1223 for (noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, confs_noffset, &ndepth);
1222 (noffset >= 0) && (ndepth > 0); 1224 (noffset >= 0) && (ndepth > 0);
1223 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, noffset, &ndepth)) { 1225 noffset = fdt_next_node(fit, noffset, &ndepth)) {
1224 const void *kfdt; 1226 const void *kfdt;
1225 const char *kfdt_name; 1227 const char *kfdt_name;
1226 int kfdt_noffset; 1228 int kfdt_noffset;
1227 const char *cur_fdt_compat; 1229 const char *cur_fdt_compat;
1228 int len; 1230 int len;
1229 size_t size; 1231 size_t size;
1230 int i; 1232 int i;
1231 1233
1232 if (ndepth > 1) 1234 if (ndepth > 1)
1233 continue; 1235 continue;
1234 1236
1235 kfdt_name = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, "fdt", &len); 1237 kfdt_name = fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, "fdt", &len);
1236 if (!kfdt_name) { 1238 if (!kfdt_name) {
1237 debug("No fdt property found.\n"); 1239 debug("No fdt property found.\n");
1238 continue; 1240 continue;
1239 } 1241 }
1240 kfdt_noffset = fdt_subnode_offset(fit, images_noffset, 1242 kfdt_noffset = fdt_subnode_offset(fit, images_noffset,
1241 kfdt_name); 1243 kfdt_name);
1242 if (kfdt_noffset < 0) { 1244 if (kfdt_noffset < 0) {
1243 debug("No image node named \"%s\" found.\n", 1245 debug("No image node named \"%s\" found.\n",
1244 kfdt_name); 1246 kfdt_name);
1245 continue; 1247 continue;
1246 } 1248 }
1247 /* 1249 /*
1248 * Get a pointer to this configuration's fdt. 1250 * Get a pointer to this configuration's fdt.
1249 */ 1251 */
1250 if (fit_image_get_data(fit, kfdt_noffset, &kfdt, &size)) { 1252 if (fit_image_get_data(fit, kfdt_noffset, &kfdt, &size)) {
1251 debug("Failed to get fdt \"%s\".\n", kfdt_name); 1253 debug("Failed to get fdt \"%s\".\n", kfdt_name);
1252 continue; 1254 continue;
1253 } 1255 }
1254 1256
1255 len = fdt_compat_len; 1257 len = fdt_compat_len;
1256 cur_fdt_compat = fdt_compat; 1258 cur_fdt_compat = fdt_compat;
1257 /* 1259 /*
1258 * Look for a match for each U-Boot compatibility string in 1260 * Look for a match for each U-Boot compatibility string in
1259 * turn in this configuration's fdt. 1261 * turn in this configuration's fdt.
1260 */ 1262 */
1261 for (i = 0; len > 0 && 1263 for (i = 0; len > 0 &&
1262 (!best_match_offset || best_match_pos > i); i++) { 1264 (!best_match_offset || best_match_pos > i); i++) {
1263 int cur_len = strlen(cur_fdt_compat) + 1; 1265 int cur_len = strlen(cur_fdt_compat) + 1;
1264 1266
1265 if (!fdt_node_check_compatible(kfdt, 0, 1267 if (!fdt_node_check_compatible(kfdt, 0,
1266 cur_fdt_compat)) { 1268 cur_fdt_compat)) {
1267 best_match_offset = noffset; 1269 best_match_offset = noffset;
1268 best_match_pos = i; 1270 best_match_pos = i;
1269 break; 1271 break;
1270 } 1272 }
1271 len -= cur_len; 1273 len -= cur_len;
1272 cur_fdt_compat += cur_len; 1274 cur_fdt_compat += cur_len;
1273 } 1275 }
1274 } 1276 }
1275 if (!best_match_offset) { 1277 if (!best_match_offset) {
1276 debug("No match found.\n"); 1278 debug("No match found.\n");
1277 return -1; 1279 return -1;
1278 } 1280 }
1279 1281
1280 return best_match_offset; 1282 return best_match_offset;
1281 } 1283 }
1282 1284
1283 /** 1285 /**
1284 * fit_conf_get_node - get node offset for configuration of a given unit name 1286 * fit_conf_get_node - get node offset for configuration of a given unit name
1285 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1287 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1286 * @conf_uname: configuration node unit name 1288 * @conf_uname: configuration node unit name
1287 * 1289 *
1288 * fit_conf_get_node() finds a configuration (withing the '/configurations' 1290 * fit_conf_get_node() finds a configuration (withing the '/configurations'
1289 * parant node) of a provided unit name. If configuration is found its node 1291 * parant node) of a provided unit name. If configuration is found its node
1290 * offset is returned to the caller. 1292 * offset is returned to the caller.
1291 * 1293 *
1292 * When NULL is provided in second argument fit_conf_get_node() will search 1294 * When NULL is provided in second argument fit_conf_get_node() will search
1293 * for a default configuration node instead. Default configuration node unit 1295 * for a default configuration node instead. Default configuration node unit
1294 * name is retrived from FIT_DEFAULT_PROP property of the '/configurations' 1296 * name is retrived from FIT_DEFAULT_PROP property of the '/configurations'
1295 * node. 1297 * node.
1296 * 1298 *
1297 * returns: 1299 * returns:
1298 * configuration node offset when found (>=0) 1300 * configuration node offset when found (>=0)
1299 * negative number on failure (FDT_ERR_* code) 1301 * negative number on failure (FDT_ERR_* code)
1300 */ 1302 */
1301 int fit_conf_get_node(const void *fit, const char *conf_uname) 1303 int fit_conf_get_node(const void *fit, const char *conf_uname)
1302 { 1304 {
1303 int noffset, confs_noffset; 1305 int noffset, confs_noffset;
1304 int len; 1306 int len;
1305 1307
1306 confs_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_CONFS_PATH); 1308 confs_noffset = fdt_path_offset(fit, FIT_CONFS_PATH);
1307 if (confs_noffset < 0) { 1309 if (confs_noffset < 0) {
1308 debug("Can't find configurations parent node '%s' (%s)\n", 1310 debug("Can't find configurations parent node '%s' (%s)\n",
1309 FIT_CONFS_PATH, fdt_strerror(confs_noffset)); 1311 FIT_CONFS_PATH, fdt_strerror(confs_noffset));
1310 return confs_noffset; 1312 return confs_noffset;
1311 } 1313 }
1312 1314
1313 if (conf_uname == NULL) { 1315 if (conf_uname == NULL) {
1314 /* get configuration unit name from the default property */ 1316 /* get configuration unit name from the default property */
1315 debug("No configuration specified, trying default...\n"); 1317 debug("No configuration specified, trying default...\n");
1316 conf_uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, confs_noffset, 1318 conf_uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, confs_noffset,
1317 FIT_DEFAULT_PROP, &len); 1319 FIT_DEFAULT_PROP, &len);
1318 if (conf_uname == NULL) { 1320 if (conf_uname == NULL) {
1319 fit_get_debug(fit, confs_noffset, FIT_DEFAULT_PROP, 1321 fit_get_debug(fit, confs_noffset, FIT_DEFAULT_PROP,
1320 len); 1322 len);
1321 return len; 1323 return len;
1322 } 1324 }
1323 debug("Found default configuration: '%s'\n", conf_uname); 1325 debug("Found default configuration: '%s'\n", conf_uname);
1324 } 1326 }
1325 1327
1326 noffset = fdt_subnode_offset(fit, confs_noffset, conf_uname); 1328 noffset = fdt_subnode_offset(fit, confs_noffset, conf_uname);
1327 if (noffset < 0) { 1329 if (noffset < 0) {
1328 debug("Can't get node offset for configuration unit name: '%s' (%s)\n", 1330 debug("Can't get node offset for configuration unit name: '%s' (%s)\n",
1329 conf_uname, fdt_strerror(noffset)); 1331 conf_uname, fdt_strerror(noffset));
1330 } 1332 }
1331 1333
1332 return noffset; 1334 return noffset;
1333 } 1335 }
1334 1336
1335 int fit_conf_get_prop_node(const void *fit, int noffset, 1337 int fit_conf_get_prop_node(const void *fit, int noffset,
1336 const char *prop_name) 1338 const char *prop_name)
1337 { 1339 {
1338 char *uname; 1340 char *uname;
1339 int len; 1341 int len;
1340 1342
1341 /* get kernel image unit name from configuration kernel property */ 1343 /* get kernel image unit name from configuration kernel property */
1342 uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, prop_name, &len); 1344 uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, prop_name, &len);
1343 if (uname == NULL) 1345 if (uname == NULL)
1344 return len; 1346 return len;
1345 1347
1346 return fit_image_get_node(fit, uname); 1348 return fit_image_get_node(fit, uname);
1347 } 1349 }
1348 1350
1349 /** 1351 /**
1350 * fit_conf_get_kernel_node - get kernel image node offset that corresponds to 1352 * fit_conf_get_kernel_node - get kernel image node offset that corresponds to
1351 * a given configuration 1353 * a given configuration
1352 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1354 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1353 * @noffset: configuration node offset 1355 * @noffset: configuration node offset
1354 * 1356 *
1355 * fit_conf_get_kernel_node() retrives kernel image node unit name from 1357 * fit_conf_get_kernel_node() retrives kernel image node unit name from
1356 * configuration FIT_KERNEL_PROP property and translates it to the node 1358 * configuration FIT_KERNEL_PROP property and translates it to the node
1357 * offset. 1359 * offset.
1358 * 1360 *
1359 * returns: 1361 * returns:
1360 * image node offset when found (>=0) 1362 * image node offset when found (>=0)
1361 * negative number on failure (FDT_ERR_* code) 1363 * negative number on failure (FDT_ERR_* code)
1362 */ 1364 */
1363 int fit_conf_get_kernel_node(const void *fit, int noffset) 1365 int fit_conf_get_kernel_node(const void *fit, int noffset)
1364 { 1366 {
1365 return fit_conf_get_prop_node(fit, noffset, FIT_KERNEL_PROP); 1367 return fit_conf_get_prop_node(fit, noffset, FIT_KERNEL_PROP);
1366 } 1368 }
1367 1369
1368 /** 1370 /**
1369 * fit_conf_get_ramdisk_node - get ramdisk image node offset that corresponds to 1371 * fit_conf_get_ramdisk_node - get ramdisk image node offset that corresponds to
1370 * a given configuration 1372 * a given configuration
1371 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1373 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1372 * @noffset: configuration node offset 1374 * @noffset: configuration node offset
1373 * 1375 *
1374 * fit_conf_get_ramdisk_node() retrives ramdisk image node unit name from 1376 * fit_conf_get_ramdisk_node() retrives ramdisk image node unit name from
1375 * configuration FIT_KERNEL_PROP property and translates it to the node 1377 * configuration FIT_KERNEL_PROP property and translates it to the node
1376 * offset. 1378 * offset.
1377 * 1379 *
1378 * returns: 1380 * returns:
1379 * image node offset when found (>=0) 1381 * image node offset when found (>=0)
1380 * negative number on failure (FDT_ERR_* code) 1382 * negative number on failure (FDT_ERR_* code)
1381 */ 1383 */
1382 int fit_conf_get_ramdisk_node(const void *fit, int noffset) 1384 int fit_conf_get_ramdisk_node(const void *fit, int noffset)
1383 { 1385 {
1384 return fit_conf_get_prop_node(fit, noffset, FIT_RAMDISK_PROP); 1386 return fit_conf_get_prop_node(fit, noffset, FIT_RAMDISK_PROP);
1385 } 1387 }
1386 1388
1387 /** 1389 /**
1388 * fit_conf_get_fdt_node - get fdt image node offset that corresponds to 1390 * fit_conf_get_fdt_node - get fdt image node offset that corresponds to
1389 * a given configuration 1391 * a given configuration
1390 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1392 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1391 * @noffset: configuration node offset 1393 * @noffset: configuration node offset
1392 * 1394 *
1393 * fit_conf_get_fdt_node() retrives fdt image node unit name from 1395 * fit_conf_get_fdt_node() retrives fdt image node unit name from
1394 * configuration FIT_KERNEL_PROP property and translates it to the node 1396 * configuration FIT_KERNEL_PROP property and translates it to the node
1395 * offset. 1397 * offset.
1396 * 1398 *
1397 * returns: 1399 * returns:
1398 * image node offset when found (>=0) 1400 * image node offset when found (>=0)
1399 * negative number on failure (FDT_ERR_* code) 1401 * negative number on failure (FDT_ERR_* code)
1400 */ 1402 */
1401 int fit_conf_get_fdt_node(const void *fit, int noffset) 1403 int fit_conf_get_fdt_node(const void *fit, int noffset)
1402 { 1404 {
1403 return fit_conf_get_prop_node(fit, noffset, FIT_FDT_PROP); 1405 return fit_conf_get_prop_node(fit, noffset, FIT_FDT_PROP);
1404 } 1406 }
1405 1407
1406 /** 1408 /**
1407 * fit_conf_print - prints out the FIT configuration details 1409 * fit_conf_print - prints out the FIT configuration details
1408 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 1410 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
1409 * @noffset: offset of the configuration node 1411 * @noffset: offset of the configuration node
1410 * @p: pointer to prefix string 1412 * @p: pointer to prefix string
1411 * 1413 *
1412 * fit_conf_print() lists all mandatory properies for the processed 1414 * fit_conf_print() lists all mandatory properies for the processed
1413 * configuration node. 1415 * configuration node.
1414 * 1416 *
1415 * returns: 1417 * returns:
1416 * no returned results 1418 * no returned results
1417 */ 1419 */
1418 void fit_conf_print(const void *fit, int noffset, const char *p) 1420 void fit_conf_print(const void *fit, int noffset, const char *p)
1419 { 1421 {
1420 char *desc; 1422 char *desc;
1421 char *uname; 1423 char *uname;
1422 int ret; 1424 int ret;
1423 1425
1424 /* Mandatory properties */ 1426 /* Mandatory properties */
1425 ret = fit_get_desc(fit, noffset, &desc); 1427 ret = fit_get_desc(fit, noffset, &desc);
1426 printf("%s Description: ", p); 1428 printf("%s Description: ", p);
1427 if (ret) 1429 if (ret)
1428 printf("unavailable\n"); 1430 printf("unavailable\n");
1429 else 1431 else
1430 printf("%s\n", desc); 1432 printf("%s\n", desc);
1431 1433
1432 uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_KERNEL_PROP, NULL); 1434 uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_KERNEL_PROP, NULL);
1433 printf("%s Kernel: ", p); 1435 printf("%s Kernel: ", p);
1434 if (uname == NULL) 1436 if (uname == NULL)
1435 printf("unavailable\n"); 1437 printf("unavailable\n");
1436 else 1438 else
1437 printf("%s\n", uname); 1439 printf("%s\n", uname);
1438 1440
1439 /* Optional properties */ 1441 /* Optional properties */
1440 uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_RAMDISK_PROP, NULL); 1442 uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_RAMDISK_PROP, NULL);
1441 if (uname) 1443 if (uname)
1442 printf("%s Init Ramdisk: %s\n", p, uname); 1444 printf("%s Init Ramdisk: %s\n", p, uname);
1443 1445
1444 uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_FDT_PROP, NULL); 1446 uname = (char *)fdt_getprop(fit, noffset, FIT_FDT_PROP, NULL);
1445 if (uname) 1447 if (uname)
1446 printf("%s FDT: %s\n", p, uname); 1448 printf("%s FDT: %s\n", p, uname);
1447 } 1449 }
1448 1450
1449 /** 1451 /**
1450 * fit_check_ramdisk - verify FIT format ramdisk subimage 1452 * fit_check_ramdisk - verify FIT format ramdisk subimage
1451 * @fit_hdr: pointer to the FIT ramdisk header 1453 * @fit_hdr: pointer to the FIT ramdisk header
1452 * @rd_noffset: ramdisk subimage node offset within FIT image 1454 * @rd_noffset: ramdisk subimage node offset within FIT image
1453 * @arch: requested ramdisk image architecture type 1455 * @arch: requested ramdisk image architecture type
1454 * @verify: data CRC verification flag 1456 * @verify: data CRC verification flag
1455 * 1457 *
1456 * fit_check_ramdisk() verifies integrity of the ramdisk subimage and from 1458 * fit_check_ramdisk() verifies integrity of the ramdisk subimage and from
1457 * specified FIT image. 1459 * specified FIT image.
1458 * 1460 *
1459 * returns: 1461 * returns:
1460 * 1, on success 1462 * 1, on success
1461 * 0, on failure 1463 * 0, on failure
1462 */ 1464 */
1463 int fit_check_ramdisk(const void *fit, int rd_noffset, uint8_t arch, 1465 int fit_check_ramdisk(const void *fit, int rd_noffset, uint8_t arch,
1464 int verify) 1466 int verify)
1465 { 1467 {
1466 fit_image_print(fit, rd_noffset, " "); 1468 fit_image_print(fit, rd_noffset, " ");
1467 1469
1468 if (verify) { 1470 if (verify) {
1469 puts(" Verifying Hash Integrity ... "); 1471 puts(" Verifying Hash Integrity ... ");
1470 if (!fit_image_verify(fit, rd_noffset)) { 1472 if (!fit_image_verify(fit, rd_noffset)) {
1471 puts("Bad Data Hash\n"); 1473 puts("Bad Data Hash\n");
1472 bootstage_error(BOOTSTAGE_ID_FIT_RD_HASH); 1474 bootstage_error(BOOTSTAGE_ID_FIT_RD_HASH);
1473 return 0; 1475 return 0;
1474 } 1476 }
1475 puts("OK\n"); 1477 puts("OK\n");
1476 } 1478 }
1477 1479
1478 bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_FIT_RD_CHECK_ALL); 1480 bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_FIT_RD_CHECK_ALL);
1479 if (!fit_image_check_os(fit, rd_noffset, IH_OS_LINUX) || 1481 if (!fit_image_check_os(fit, rd_noffset, IH_OS_LINUX) ||
1480 !fit_image_check_arch(fit, rd_noffset, arch) || 1482 !fit_image_check_arch(fit, rd_noffset, arch) ||
1481 !fit_image_check_type(fit, rd_noffset, IH_TYPE_RAMDISK)) { 1483 !fit_image_check_type(fit, rd_noffset, IH_TYPE_RAMDISK)) {
1482 printf("No Linux %s Ramdisk Image\n", 1484 printf("No Linux %s Ramdisk Image\n",
1483 genimg_get_arch_name(arch)); 1485 genimg_get_arch_name(arch));
1484 bootstage_error(BOOTSTAGE_ID_FIT_RD_CHECK_ALL); 1486 bootstage_error(BOOTSTAGE_ID_FIT_RD_CHECK_ALL);
1485 return 0; 1487 return 0;
1486 } 1488 }
1487 1489
1488 bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_FIT_RD_CHECK_ALL_OK); 1490 bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_FIT_RD_CHECK_ALL_OK);
1489 return 1; 1491 return 1;
1490 } 1492 }
1491 1493
1 /* 1 /*
2 * (C) Copyright 2008 Semihalf 2 * (C) Copyright 2008 Semihalf
3 * 3 *
4 * (C) Copyright 2000-2005 4 * (C) Copyright 2000-2005
5 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de. 5 * Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
6 * 6 *
7 * See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this 7 * See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
8 * project. 8 * project.
9 * 9 *
10 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or 10 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
11 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as 11 * modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
12 * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of 12 * published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
13 * the License, or (at your option) any later version. 13 * the License, or (at your option) any later version.
14 * 14 *
15 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, 15 * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of 16 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the 17 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
18 * GNU General Public License for more details. 18 * GNU General Public License for more details.
19 * 19 *
20 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License 20 * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software 21 * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
22 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, 22 * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
23 * MA 02111-1307 USA 23 * MA 02111-1307 USA
24 * 24 *
25 ******************************************************************** 25 ********************************************************************
26 * NOTE: This header file defines an interface to U-Boot. Including 26 * NOTE: This header file defines an interface to U-Boot. Including
27 * this (unmodified) header file in another file is considered normal 27 * this (unmodified) header file in another file is considered normal
28 * use of U-Boot, and does *not* fall under the heading of "derived 28 * use of U-Boot, and does *not* fall under the heading of "derived
29 * work". 29 * work".
30 ******************************************************************** 30 ********************************************************************
31 */ 31 */
32 32
33 #ifndef __IMAGE_H__ 33 #ifndef __IMAGE_H__
34 #define __IMAGE_H__ 34 #define __IMAGE_H__
35 35
36 #include "compiler.h" 36 #include "compiler.h"
37 #include <asm/byteorder.h> 37 #include <asm/byteorder.h>
38 38
39 #ifdef USE_HOSTCC 39 #ifdef USE_HOSTCC
40 40
41 /* new uImage format support enabled on host */ 41 /* new uImage format support enabled on host */
42 #define CONFIG_FIT 1 42 #define CONFIG_FIT 1
43 #define CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 1 43 #define CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 1
44 #define CONFIG_FIT_VERBOSE 1 /* enable fit_format_{error,warning}() */ 44 #define CONFIG_FIT_VERBOSE 1 /* enable fit_format_{error,warning}() */
45 45
46 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_IGNORE 0 46 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_IGNORE 0
47 #define IMAGE_INDENT_STRING "" 47 #define IMAGE_INDENT_STRING ""
48 48
49 #else 49 #else
50 50
51 #include <lmb.h> 51 #include <lmb.h>
52 #include <asm/u-boot.h> 52 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
53 #include <command.h> 53 #include <command.h>
54 54
55 /* Take notice of the 'ignore' property for hashes */ 55 /* Take notice of the 'ignore' property for hashes */
56 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_IGNORE 1 56 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_IGNORE 1
57 #define IMAGE_INDENT_STRING " " 57 #define IMAGE_INDENT_STRING " "
58 58
59 #endif /* USE_HOSTCC */ 59 #endif /* USE_HOSTCC */
60 60
61 #if defined(CONFIG_FIT) 61 #if defined(CONFIG_FIT)
62 #include <libfdt.h> 62 #include <libfdt.h>
63 #include <fdt_support.h> 63 #include <fdt_support.h>
64 #define CONFIG_MD5 /* FIT images need MD5 support */ 64 # ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
65 #define CONFIG_SHA1 /* and SHA1 */ 65 # ifdef CONFIG_SPL_CRC32_SUPPORT
66 # define IMAGE_ENABLE_CRC32 1
67 # endif
68 # ifdef CONFIG_SPL_MD5_SUPPORT
69 # define IMAGE_ENABLE_MD5 1
70 # endif
71 # ifdef CONFIG_SPL_SHA1_SUPPORT
72 # define IMAGE_ENABLE_SHA1 1
73 # endif
74 # else
75 # define CONFIG_CRC32 /* FIT images need CRC32 support */
76 # define CONFIG_MD5 /* and MD5 */
77 # define CONFIG_SHA1 /* and SHA1 */
78 # define IMAGE_ENABLE_CRC32 1
79 # define IMAGE_ENABLE_MD5 1
80 # define IMAGE_ENABLE_SHA1 1
81 # endif
82
83 #ifndef IMAGE_ENABLE_CRC32
84 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_CRC32 0
85 #endif
86
87 #ifndef IMAGE_ENABLE_MD5
88 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_MD5 0
89 #endif
90
91 #ifndef IMAGE_ENABLE_SHA1
92 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_SHA1 0
93 #endif
94
66 #endif 95 #endif
67 96
68 /* 97 /*
69 * Operating System Codes 98 * Operating System Codes
70 */ 99 */
71 #define IH_OS_INVALID 0 /* Invalid OS */ 100 #define IH_OS_INVALID 0 /* Invalid OS */
72 #define IH_OS_OPENBSD 1 /* OpenBSD */ 101 #define IH_OS_OPENBSD 1 /* OpenBSD */
73 #define IH_OS_NETBSD 2 /* NetBSD */ 102 #define IH_OS_NETBSD 2 /* NetBSD */
74 #define IH_OS_FREEBSD 3 /* FreeBSD */ 103 #define IH_OS_FREEBSD 3 /* FreeBSD */
75 #define IH_OS_4_4BSD 4 /* 4.4BSD */ 104 #define IH_OS_4_4BSD 4 /* 4.4BSD */
76 #define IH_OS_LINUX 5 /* Linux */ 105 #define IH_OS_LINUX 5 /* Linux */
77 #define IH_OS_SVR4 6 /* SVR4 */ 106 #define IH_OS_SVR4 6 /* SVR4 */
78 #define IH_OS_ESIX 7 /* Esix */ 107 #define IH_OS_ESIX 7 /* Esix */
79 #define IH_OS_SOLARIS 8 /* Solaris */ 108 #define IH_OS_SOLARIS 8 /* Solaris */
80 #define IH_OS_IRIX 9 /* Irix */ 109 #define IH_OS_IRIX 9 /* Irix */
81 #define IH_OS_SCO 10 /* SCO */ 110 #define IH_OS_SCO 10 /* SCO */
82 #define IH_OS_DELL 11 /* Dell */ 111 #define IH_OS_DELL 11 /* Dell */
83 #define IH_OS_NCR 12 /* NCR */ 112 #define IH_OS_NCR 12 /* NCR */
84 #define IH_OS_LYNXOS 13 /* LynxOS */ 113 #define IH_OS_LYNXOS 13 /* LynxOS */
85 #define IH_OS_VXWORKS 14 /* VxWorks */ 114 #define IH_OS_VXWORKS 14 /* VxWorks */
86 #define IH_OS_PSOS 15 /* pSOS */ 115 #define IH_OS_PSOS 15 /* pSOS */
87 #define IH_OS_QNX 16 /* QNX */ 116 #define IH_OS_QNX 16 /* QNX */
88 #define IH_OS_U_BOOT 17 /* Firmware */ 117 #define IH_OS_U_BOOT 17 /* Firmware */
89 #define IH_OS_RTEMS 18 /* RTEMS */ 118 #define IH_OS_RTEMS 18 /* RTEMS */
90 #define IH_OS_ARTOS 19 /* ARTOS */ 119 #define IH_OS_ARTOS 19 /* ARTOS */
91 #define IH_OS_UNITY 20 /* Unity OS */ 120 #define IH_OS_UNITY 20 /* Unity OS */
92 #define IH_OS_INTEGRITY 21 /* INTEGRITY */ 121 #define IH_OS_INTEGRITY 21 /* INTEGRITY */
93 #define IH_OS_OSE 22 /* OSE */ 122 #define IH_OS_OSE 22 /* OSE */
94 #define IH_OS_PLAN9 23 /* Plan 9 */ 123 #define IH_OS_PLAN9 23 /* Plan 9 */
95 124
96 /* 125 /*
97 * CPU Architecture Codes (supported by Linux) 126 * CPU Architecture Codes (supported by Linux)
98 */ 127 */
99 #define IH_ARCH_INVALID 0 /* Invalid CPU */ 128 #define IH_ARCH_INVALID 0 /* Invalid CPU */
100 #define IH_ARCH_ALPHA 1 /* Alpha */ 129 #define IH_ARCH_ALPHA 1 /* Alpha */
101 #define IH_ARCH_ARM 2 /* ARM */ 130 #define IH_ARCH_ARM 2 /* ARM */
102 #define IH_ARCH_I386 3 /* Intel x86 */ 131 #define IH_ARCH_I386 3 /* Intel x86 */
103 #define IH_ARCH_IA64 4 /* IA64 */ 132 #define IH_ARCH_IA64 4 /* IA64 */
104 #define IH_ARCH_MIPS 5 /* MIPS */ 133 #define IH_ARCH_MIPS 5 /* MIPS */
105 #define IH_ARCH_MIPS64 6 /* MIPS 64 Bit */ 134 #define IH_ARCH_MIPS64 6 /* MIPS 64 Bit */
106 #define IH_ARCH_PPC 7 /* PowerPC */ 135 #define IH_ARCH_PPC 7 /* PowerPC */
107 #define IH_ARCH_S390 8 /* IBM S390 */ 136 #define IH_ARCH_S390 8 /* IBM S390 */
108 #define IH_ARCH_SH 9 /* SuperH */ 137 #define IH_ARCH_SH 9 /* SuperH */
109 #define IH_ARCH_SPARC 10 /* Sparc */ 138 #define IH_ARCH_SPARC 10 /* Sparc */
110 #define IH_ARCH_SPARC64 11 /* Sparc 64 Bit */ 139 #define IH_ARCH_SPARC64 11 /* Sparc 64 Bit */
111 #define IH_ARCH_M68K 12 /* M68K */ 140 #define IH_ARCH_M68K 12 /* M68K */
112 #define IH_ARCH_MICROBLAZE 14 /* MicroBlaze */ 141 #define IH_ARCH_MICROBLAZE 14 /* MicroBlaze */
113 #define IH_ARCH_NIOS2 15 /* Nios-II */ 142 #define IH_ARCH_NIOS2 15 /* Nios-II */
114 #define IH_ARCH_BLACKFIN 16 /* Blackfin */ 143 #define IH_ARCH_BLACKFIN 16 /* Blackfin */
115 #define IH_ARCH_AVR32 17 /* AVR32 */ 144 #define IH_ARCH_AVR32 17 /* AVR32 */
116 #define IH_ARCH_ST200 18 /* STMicroelectronics ST200 */ 145 #define IH_ARCH_ST200 18 /* STMicroelectronics ST200 */
117 #define IH_ARCH_SANDBOX 19 /* Sandbox architecture (test only) */ 146 #define IH_ARCH_SANDBOX 19 /* Sandbox architecture (test only) */
118 #define IH_ARCH_NDS32 20 /* ANDES Technology - NDS32 */ 147 #define IH_ARCH_NDS32 20 /* ANDES Technology - NDS32 */
119 #define IH_ARCH_OPENRISC 21 /* OpenRISC 1000 */ 148 #define IH_ARCH_OPENRISC 21 /* OpenRISC 1000 */
120 149
121 /* 150 /*
122 * Image Types 151 * Image Types
123 * 152 *
124 * "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment 153 * "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
125 * provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave 154 * provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
126 * well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from 155 * well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
127 * the Standalone Program. 156 * the Standalone Program.
128 * "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which 157 * "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
129 * will take over control completely. Usually these programs 158 * will take over control completely. Usually these programs
130 * will install their own set of exception handlers, device 159 * will install their own set of exception handlers, device
131 * drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot 160 * drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
132 * expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU. 161 * expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
133 * "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their 162 * "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
134 * parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is 163 * parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
135 * being started. 164 * being started.
136 * "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS 165 * "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
137 * (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like 166 * (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
138 * RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want 167 * RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
139 * to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot 168 * to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
140 * server provides just a single image file, but you want to get 169 * server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
141 * for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image. 170 * for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
142 * 171 *
143 * "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each 172 * "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
144 * image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network 173 * image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
145 * byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0". 174 * byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
146 * Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by 175 * Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
147 * one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to 176 * one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
148 * a multiple of 4 bytes - except for the last file). 177 * a multiple of 4 bytes - except for the last file).
149 * 178 *
150 * "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like 179 * "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
151 * U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to 180 * U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
152 * flash memory. 181 * flash memory.
153 * 182 *
154 * "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by 183 * "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
155 * U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially 184 * U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
156 * useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush) 185 * useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
157 * as command interpreter (=> Shell Scripts). 186 * as command interpreter (=> Shell Scripts).
158 */ 187 */
159 188
160 #define IH_TYPE_INVALID 0 /* Invalid Image */ 189 #define IH_TYPE_INVALID 0 /* Invalid Image */
161 #define IH_TYPE_STANDALONE 1 /* Standalone Program */ 190 #define IH_TYPE_STANDALONE 1 /* Standalone Program */
162 #define IH_TYPE_KERNEL 2 /* OS Kernel Image */ 191 #define IH_TYPE_KERNEL 2 /* OS Kernel Image */
163 #define IH_TYPE_RAMDISK 3 /* RAMDisk Image */ 192 #define IH_TYPE_RAMDISK 3 /* RAMDisk Image */
164 #define IH_TYPE_MULTI 4 /* Multi-File Image */ 193 #define IH_TYPE_MULTI 4 /* Multi-File Image */
165 #define IH_TYPE_FIRMWARE 5 /* Firmware Image */ 194 #define IH_TYPE_FIRMWARE 5 /* Firmware Image */
166 #define IH_TYPE_SCRIPT 6 /* Script file */ 195 #define IH_TYPE_SCRIPT 6 /* Script file */
167 #define IH_TYPE_FILESYSTEM 7 /* Filesystem Image (any type) */ 196 #define IH_TYPE_FILESYSTEM 7 /* Filesystem Image (any type) */
168 #define IH_TYPE_FLATDT 8 /* Binary Flat Device Tree Blob */ 197 #define IH_TYPE_FLATDT 8 /* Binary Flat Device Tree Blob */
169 #define IH_TYPE_KWBIMAGE 9 /* Kirkwood Boot Image */ 198 #define IH_TYPE_KWBIMAGE 9 /* Kirkwood Boot Image */
170 #define IH_TYPE_IMXIMAGE 10 /* Freescale IMXBoot Image */ 199 #define IH_TYPE_IMXIMAGE 10 /* Freescale IMXBoot Image */
171 #define IH_TYPE_UBLIMAGE 11 /* Davinci UBL Image */ 200 #define IH_TYPE_UBLIMAGE 11 /* Davinci UBL Image */
172 #define IH_TYPE_OMAPIMAGE 12 /* TI OMAP Config Header Image */ 201 #define IH_TYPE_OMAPIMAGE 12 /* TI OMAP Config Header Image */
173 #define IH_TYPE_AISIMAGE 13 /* TI Davinci AIS Image */ 202 #define IH_TYPE_AISIMAGE 13 /* TI Davinci AIS Image */
174 #define IH_TYPE_KERNEL_NOLOAD 14 /* OS Kernel Image, can run from any load address */ 203 #define IH_TYPE_KERNEL_NOLOAD 14 /* OS Kernel Image, can run from any load address */
175 #define IH_TYPE_PBLIMAGE 15 /* Freescale PBL Boot Image */ 204 #define IH_TYPE_PBLIMAGE 15 /* Freescale PBL Boot Image */
176 205
177 /* 206 /*
178 * Compression Types 207 * Compression Types
179 */ 208 */
180 #define IH_COMP_NONE 0 /* No Compression Used */ 209 #define IH_COMP_NONE 0 /* No Compression Used */
181 #define IH_COMP_GZIP 1 /* gzip Compression Used */ 210 #define IH_COMP_GZIP 1 /* gzip Compression Used */
182 #define IH_COMP_BZIP2 2 /* bzip2 Compression Used */ 211 #define IH_COMP_BZIP2 2 /* bzip2 Compression Used */
183 #define IH_COMP_LZMA 3 /* lzma Compression Used */ 212 #define IH_COMP_LZMA 3 /* lzma Compression Used */
184 #define IH_COMP_LZO 4 /* lzo Compression Used */ 213 #define IH_COMP_LZO 4 /* lzo Compression Used */
185 214
186 #define IH_MAGIC 0x27051956 /* Image Magic Number */ 215 #define IH_MAGIC 0x27051956 /* Image Magic Number */
187 #define IH_NMLEN 32 /* Image Name Length */ 216 #define IH_NMLEN 32 /* Image Name Length */
188 217
189 /* Reused from common.h */ 218 /* Reused from common.h */
190 #define ROUND(a, b) (((a) + (b) - 1) & ~((b) - 1)) 219 #define ROUND(a, b) (((a) + (b) - 1) & ~((b) - 1))
191 220
192 /* 221 /*
193 * Legacy format image header, 222 * Legacy format image header,
194 * all data in network byte order (aka natural aka bigendian). 223 * all data in network byte order (aka natural aka bigendian).
195 */ 224 */
196 typedef struct image_header { 225 typedef struct image_header {
197 __be32 ih_magic; /* Image Header Magic Number */ 226 __be32 ih_magic; /* Image Header Magic Number */
198 __be32 ih_hcrc; /* Image Header CRC Checksum */ 227 __be32 ih_hcrc; /* Image Header CRC Checksum */
199 __be32 ih_time; /* Image Creation Timestamp */ 228 __be32 ih_time; /* Image Creation Timestamp */
200 __be32 ih_size; /* Image Data Size */ 229 __be32 ih_size; /* Image Data Size */
201 __be32 ih_load; /* Data Load Address */ 230 __be32 ih_load; /* Data Load Address */
202 __be32 ih_ep; /* Entry Point Address */ 231 __be32 ih_ep; /* Entry Point Address */
203 __be32 ih_dcrc; /* Image Data CRC Checksum */ 232 __be32 ih_dcrc; /* Image Data CRC Checksum */
204 uint8_t ih_os; /* Operating System */ 233 uint8_t ih_os; /* Operating System */
205 uint8_t ih_arch; /* CPU architecture */ 234 uint8_t ih_arch; /* CPU architecture */
206 uint8_t ih_type; /* Image Type */ 235 uint8_t ih_type; /* Image Type */
207 uint8_t ih_comp; /* Compression Type */ 236 uint8_t ih_comp; /* Compression Type */
208 uint8_t ih_name[IH_NMLEN]; /* Image Name */ 237 uint8_t ih_name[IH_NMLEN]; /* Image Name */
209 } image_header_t; 238 } image_header_t;
210 239
211 typedef struct image_info { 240 typedef struct image_info {
212 ulong start, end; /* start/end of blob */ 241 ulong start, end; /* start/end of blob */
213 ulong image_start, image_len; /* start of image within blob, len of image */ 242 ulong image_start, image_len; /* start of image within blob, len of image */
214 ulong load; /* load addr for the image */ 243 ulong load; /* load addr for the image */
215 uint8_t comp, type, os; /* compression, type of image, os type */ 244 uint8_t comp, type, os; /* compression, type of image, os type */
216 } image_info_t; 245 } image_info_t;
217 246
218 /* 247 /*
219 * Legacy and FIT format headers used by do_bootm() and do_bootm_<os>() 248 * Legacy and FIT format headers used by do_bootm() and do_bootm_<os>()
220 * routines. 249 * routines.
221 */ 250 */
222 typedef struct bootm_headers { 251 typedef struct bootm_headers {
223 /* 252 /*
224 * Legacy os image header, if it is a multi component image 253 * Legacy os image header, if it is a multi component image
225 * then boot_get_ramdisk() and get_fdt() will attempt to get 254 * then boot_get_ramdisk() and get_fdt() will attempt to get
226 * data from second and third component accordingly. 255 * data from second and third component accordingly.
227 */ 256 */
228 image_header_t *legacy_hdr_os; /* image header pointer */ 257 image_header_t *legacy_hdr_os; /* image header pointer */
229 image_header_t legacy_hdr_os_copy; /* header copy */ 258 image_header_t legacy_hdr_os_copy; /* header copy */
230 ulong legacy_hdr_valid; 259 ulong legacy_hdr_valid;
231 260
232 #if defined(CONFIG_FIT) 261 #if defined(CONFIG_FIT)
233 const char *fit_uname_cfg; /* configuration node unit name */ 262 const char *fit_uname_cfg; /* configuration node unit name */
234 263
235 void *fit_hdr_os; /* os FIT image header */ 264 void *fit_hdr_os; /* os FIT image header */
236 const char *fit_uname_os; /* os subimage node unit name */ 265 const char *fit_uname_os; /* os subimage node unit name */
237 int fit_noffset_os; /* os subimage node offset */ 266 int fit_noffset_os; /* os subimage node offset */
238 267
239 void *fit_hdr_rd; /* init ramdisk FIT image header */ 268 void *fit_hdr_rd; /* init ramdisk FIT image header */
240 const char *fit_uname_rd; /* init ramdisk subimage node unit name */ 269 const char *fit_uname_rd; /* init ramdisk subimage node unit name */
241 int fit_noffset_rd; /* init ramdisk subimage node offset */ 270 int fit_noffset_rd; /* init ramdisk subimage node offset */
242 271
243 void *fit_hdr_fdt; /* FDT blob FIT image header */ 272 void *fit_hdr_fdt; /* FDT blob FIT image header */
244 const char *fit_uname_fdt; /* FDT blob subimage node unit name */ 273 const char *fit_uname_fdt; /* FDT blob subimage node unit name */
245 int fit_noffset_fdt;/* FDT blob subimage node offset */ 274 int fit_noffset_fdt;/* FDT blob subimage node offset */
246 #endif 275 #endif
247 276
248 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC 277 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC
249 image_info_t os; /* os image info */ 278 image_info_t os; /* os image info */
250 ulong ep; /* entry point of OS */ 279 ulong ep; /* entry point of OS */
251 280
252 ulong rd_start, rd_end;/* ramdisk start/end */ 281 ulong rd_start, rd_end;/* ramdisk start/end */
253 282
254 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 283 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
255 char *ft_addr; /* flat dev tree address */ 284 char *ft_addr; /* flat dev tree address */
256 #endif 285 #endif
257 ulong ft_len; /* length of flat device tree */ 286 ulong ft_len; /* length of flat device tree */
258 287
259 ulong initrd_start; 288 ulong initrd_start;
260 ulong initrd_end; 289 ulong initrd_end;
261 ulong cmdline_start; 290 ulong cmdline_start;
262 ulong cmdline_end; 291 ulong cmdline_end;
263 bd_t *kbd; 292 bd_t *kbd;
264 #endif 293 #endif
265 294
266 int verify; /* getenv("verify")[0] != 'n' */ 295 int verify; /* getenv("verify")[0] != 'n' */
267 296
268 #define BOOTM_STATE_START (0x00000001) 297 #define BOOTM_STATE_START (0x00000001)
269 #define BOOTM_STATE_LOADOS (0x00000002) 298 #define BOOTM_STATE_LOADOS (0x00000002)
270 #define BOOTM_STATE_RAMDISK (0x00000004) 299 #define BOOTM_STATE_RAMDISK (0x00000004)
271 #define BOOTM_STATE_FDT (0x00000008) 300 #define BOOTM_STATE_FDT (0x00000008)
272 #define BOOTM_STATE_OS_CMDLINE (0x00000010) 301 #define BOOTM_STATE_OS_CMDLINE (0x00000010)
273 #define BOOTM_STATE_OS_BD_T (0x00000020) 302 #define BOOTM_STATE_OS_BD_T (0x00000020)
274 #define BOOTM_STATE_OS_PREP (0x00000040) 303 #define BOOTM_STATE_OS_PREP (0x00000040)
275 #define BOOTM_STATE_OS_GO (0x00000080) 304 #define BOOTM_STATE_OS_GO (0x00000080)
276 int state; 305 int state;
277 306
278 #ifdef CONFIG_LMB 307 #ifdef CONFIG_LMB
279 struct lmb lmb; /* for memory mgmt */ 308 struct lmb lmb; /* for memory mgmt */
280 #endif 309 #endif
281 } bootm_headers_t; 310 } bootm_headers_t;
282 311
283 extern bootm_headers_t images; 312 extern bootm_headers_t images;
284 313
285 /* 314 /*
286 * Some systems (for example LWMON) have very short watchdog periods; 315 * Some systems (for example LWMON) have very short watchdog periods;
287 * we must make sure to split long operations like memmove() or 316 * we must make sure to split long operations like memmove() or
288 * checksum calculations into reasonable chunks. 317 * checksum calculations into reasonable chunks.
289 */ 318 */
290 #ifndef CHUNKSZ 319 #ifndef CHUNKSZ
291 #define CHUNKSZ (64 * 1024) 320 #define CHUNKSZ (64 * 1024)
292 #endif 321 #endif
293 322
294 #ifndef CHUNKSZ_CRC32 323 #ifndef CHUNKSZ_CRC32
295 #define CHUNKSZ_CRC32 (64 * 1024) 324 #define CHUNKSZ_CRC32 (64 * 1024)
296 #endif 325 #endif
297 326
298 #ifndef CHUNKSZ_MD5 327 #ifndef CHUNKSZ_MD5
299 #define CHUNKSZ_MD5 (64 * 1024) 328 #define CHUNKSZ_MD5 (64 * 1024)
300 #endif 329 #endif
301 330
302 #ifndef CHUNKSZ_SHA1 331 #ifndef CHUNKSZ_SHA1
303 #define CHUNKSZ_SHA1 (64 * 1024) 332 #define CHUNKSZ_SHA1 (64 * 1024)
304 #endif 333 #endif
305 334
306 #define uimage_to_cpu(x) be32_to_cpu(x) 335 #define uimage_to_cpu(x) be32_to_cpu(x)
307 #define cpu_to_uimage(x) cpu_to_be32(x) 336 #define cpu_to_uimage(x) cpu_to_be32(x)
308 337
309 /* 338 /*
310 * Translation table for entries of a specific type; used by 339 * Translation table for entries of a specific type; used by
311 * get_table_entry_id() and get_table_entry_name(). 340 * get_table_entry_id() and get_table_entry_name().
312 */ 341 */
313 typedef struct table_entry { 342 typedef struct table_entry {
314 int id; 343 int id;
315 char *sname; /* short (input) name to find table entry */ 344 char *sname; /* short (input) name to find table entry */
316 char *lname; /* long (output) name to print for messages */ 345 char *lname; /* long (output) name to print for messages */
317 } table_entry_t; 346 } table_entry_t;
318 347
319 /* 348 /*
320 * get_table_entry_id() scans the translation table trying to find an 349 * get_table_entry_id() scans the translation table trying to find an
321 * entry that matches the given short name. If a matching entry is 350 * entry that matches the given short name. If a matching entry is
322 * found, it's id is returned to the caller. 351 * found, it's id is returned to the caller.
323 */ 352 */
324 int get_table_entry_id(const table_entry_t *table, 353 int get_table_entry_id(const table_entry_t *table,
325 const char *table_name, const char *name); 354 const char *table_name, const char *name);
326 /* 355 /*
327 * get_table_entry_name() scans the translation table trying to find 356 * get_table_entry_name() scans the translation table trying to find
328 * an entry that matches the given id. If a matching entry is found, 357 * an entry that matches the given id. If a matching entry is found,
329 * its long name is returned to the caller. 358 * its long name is returned to the caller.
330 */ 359 */
331 char *get_table_entry_name(const table_entry_t *table, char *msg, int id); 360 char *get_table_entry_name(const table_entry_t *table, char *msg, int id);
332 361
333 const char *genimg_get_os_name(uint8_t os); 362 const char *genimg_get_os_name(uint8_t os);
334 const char *genimg_get_arch_name(uint8_t arch); 363 const char *genimg_get_arch_name(uint8_t arch);
335 const char *genimg_get_type_name(uint8_t type); 364 const char *genimg_get_type_name(uint8_t type);
336 const char *genimg_get_comp_name(uint8_t comp); 365 const char *genimg_get_comp_name(uint8_t comp);
337 int genimg_get_os_id(const char *name); 366 int genimg_get_os_id(const char *name);
338 int genimg_get_arch_id(const char *name); 367 int genimg_get_arch_id(const char *name);
339 int genimg_get_type_id(const char *name); 368 int genimg_get_type_id(const char *name);
340 int genimg_get_comp_id(const char *name); 369 int genimg_get_comp_id(const char *name);
341 void genimg_print_size(uint32_t size); 370 void genimg_print_size(uint32_t size);
342 371
343 #if defined(CONFIG_TIMESTAMP) || defined(CONFIG_CMD_DATE) || \ 372 #if defined(CONFIG_TIMESTAMP) || defined(CONFIG_CMD_DATE) || \
344 defined(USE_HOSTCC) 373 defined(USE_HOSTCC)
345 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_TIMESTAMP 1 374 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_TIMESTAMP 1
346 #else 375 #else
347 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_TIMESTAMP 0 376 #define IMAGE_ENABLE_TIMESTAMP 0
348 #endif 377 #endif
349 void genimg_print_time(time_t timestamp); 378 void genimg_print_time(time_t timestamp);
350 379
351 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC 380 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC
352 /* Image format types, returned by _get_format() routine */ 381 /* Image format types, returned by _get_format() routine */
353 #define IMAGE_FORMAT_INVALID 0x00 382 #define IMAGE_FORMAT_INVALID 0x00
354 #define IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY 0x01 /* legacy image_header based format */ 383 #define IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY 0x01 /* legacy image_header based format */
355 #define IMAGE_FORMAT_FIT 0x02 /* new, libfdt based format */ 384 #define IMAGE_FORMAT_FIT 0x02 /* new, libfdt based format */
356 385
357 int genimg_get_format(const void *img_addr); 386 int genimg_get_format(const void *img_addr);
358 int genimg_has_config(bootm_headers_t *images); 387 int genimg_has_config(bootm_headers_t *images);
359 ulong genimg_get_image(ulong img_addr); 388 ulong genimg_get_image(ulong img_addr);
360 389
361 int boot_get_ramdisk(int argc, char * const argv[], bootm_headers_t *images, 390 int boot_get_ramdisk(int argc, char * const argv[], bootm_headers_t *images,
362 uint8_t arch, ulong *rd_start, ulong *rd_end); 391 uint8_t arch, ulong *rd_start, ulong *rd_end);
363 392
364 393
365 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT 394 #ifdef CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
366 int boot_get_fdt(int flag, int argc, char * const argv[], 395 int boot_get_fdt(int flag, int argc, char * const argv[],
367 bootm_headers_t *images, char **of_flat_tree, ulong *of_size); 396 bootm_headers_t *images, char **of_flat_tree, ulong *of_size);
368 void boot_fdt_add_mem_rsv_regions(struct lmb *lmb, void *fdt_blob); 397 void boot_fdt_add_mem_rsv_regions(struct lmb *lmb, void *fdt_blob);
369 int boot_relocate_fdt(struct lmb *lmb, char **of_flat_tree, ulong *of_size); 398 int boot_relocate_fdt(struct lmb *lmb, char **of_flat_tree, ulong *of_size);
370 #endif 399 #endif
371 400
372 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH 401 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH
373 int boot_ramdisk_high(struct lmb *lmb, ulong rd_data, ulong rd_len, 402 int boot_ramdisk_high(struct lmb *lmb, ulong rd_data, ulong rd_len,
374 ulong *initrd_start, ulong *initrd_end); 403 ulong *initrd_start, ulong *initrd_end);
375 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH */ 404 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH */
376 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE 405 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE
377 int boot_get_cmdline(struct lmb *lmb, ulong *cmd_start, ulong *cmd_end); 406 int boot_get_cmdline(struct lmb *lmb, ulong *cmd_start, ulong *cmd_end);
378 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE */ 407 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE */
379 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD 408 #ifdef CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD
380 int boot_get_kbd(struct lmb *lmb, bd_t **kbd); 409 int boot_get_kbd(struct lmb *lmb, bd_t **kbd);
381 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD */ 410 #endif /* CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD */
382 #endif /* !USE_HOSTCC */ 411 #endif /* !USE_HOSTCC */
383 412
384 /*******************************************************************/ 413 /*******************************************************************/
385 /* Legacy format specific code (prefixed with image_) */ 414 /* Legacy format specific code (prefixed with image_) */
386 /*******************************************************************/ 415 /*******************************************************************/
387 static inline uint32_t image_get_header_size(void) 416 static inline uint32_t image_get_header_size(void)
388 { 417 {
389 return (sizeof(image_header_t)); 418 return (sizeof(image_header_t));
390 } 419 }
391 420
392 #define image_get_hdr_l(f) \ 421 #define image_get_hdr_l(f) \
393 static inline uint32_t image_get_##f(const image_header_t *hdr) \ 422 static inline uint32_t image_get_##f(const image_header_t *hdr) \
394 { \ 423 { \
395 return uimage_to_cpu(hdr->ih_##f); \ 424 return uimage_to_cpu(hdr->ih_##f); \
396 } 425 }
397 image_get_hdr_l(magic) /* image_get_magic */ 426 image_get_hdr_l(magic) /* image_get_magic */
398 image_get_hdr_l(hcrc) /* image_get_hcrc */ 427 image_get_hdr_l(hcrc) /* image_get_hcrc */
399 image_get_hdr_l(time) /* image_get_time */ 428 image_get_hdr_l(time) /* image_get_time */
400 image_get_hdr_l(size) /* image_get_size */ 429 image_get_hdr_l(size) /* image_get_size */
401 image_get_hdr_l(load) /* image_get_load */ 430 image_get_hdr_l(load) /* image_get_load */
402 image_get_hdr_l(ep) /* image_get_ep */ 431 image_get_hdr_l(ep) /* image_get_ep */
403 image_get_hdr_l(dcrc) /* image_get_dcrc */ 432 image_get_hdr_l(dcrc) /* image_get_dcrc */
404 433
405 #define image_get_hdr_b(f) \ 434 #define image_get_hdr_b(f) \
406 static inline uint8_t image_get_##f(const image_header_t *hdr) \ 435 static inline uint8_t image_get_##f(const image_header_t *hdr) \
407 { \ 436 { \
408 return hdr->ih_##f; \ 437 return hdr->ih_##f; \
409 } 438 }
410 image_get_hdr_b(os) /* image_get_os */ 439 image_get_hdr_b(os) /* image_get_os */
411 image_get_hdr_b(arch) /* image_get_arch */ 440 image_get_hdr_b(arch) /* image_get_arch */
412 image_get_hdr_b(type) /* image_get_type */ 441 image_get_hdr_b(type) /* image_get_type */
413 image_get_hdr_b(comp) /* image_get_comp */ 442 image_get_hdr_b(comp) /* image_get_comp */
414 443
415 static inline char *image_get_name(const image_header_t *hdr) 444 static inline char *image_get_name(const image_header_t *hdr)
416 { 445 {
417 return (char *)hdr->ih_name; 446 return (char *)hdr->ih_name;
418 } 447 }
419 448
420 static inline uint32_t image_get_data_size(const image_header_t *hdr) 449 static inline uint32_t image_get_data_size(const image_header_t *hdr)
421 { 450 {
422 return image_get_size(hdr); 451 return image_get_size(hdr);
423 } 452 }
424 453
425 /** 454 /**
426 * image_get_data - get image payload start address 455 * image_get_data - get image payload start address
427 * @hdr: image header 456 * @hdr: image header
428 * 457 *
429 * image_get_data() returns address of the image payload. For single 458 * image_get_data() returns address of the image payload. For single
430 * component images it is image data start. For multi component 459 * component images it is image data start. For multi component
431 * images it points to the null terminated table of sub-images sizes. 460 * images it points to the null terminated table of sub-images sizes.
432 * 461 *
433 * returns: 462 * returns:
434 * image payload data start address 463 * image payload data start address
435 */ 464 */
436 static inline ulong image_get_data(const image_header_t *hdr) 465 static inline ulong image_get_data(const image_header_t *hdr)
437 { 466 {
438 return ((ulong)hdr + image_get_header_size()); 467 return ((ulong)hdr + image_get_header_size());
439 } 468 }
440 469
441 static inline uint32_t image_get_image_size(const image_header_t *hdr) 470 static inline uint32_t image_get_image_size(const image_header_t *hdr)
442 { 471 {
443 return (image_get_size(hdr) + image_get_header_size()); 472 return (image_get_size(hdr) + image_get_header_size());
444 } 473 }
445 static inline ulong image_get_image_end(const image_header_t *hdr) 474 static inline ulong image_get_image_end(const image_header_t *hdr)
446 { 475 {
447 return ((ulong)hdr + image_get_image_size(hdr)); 476 return ((ulong)hdr + image_get_image_size(hdr));
448 } 477 }
449 478
450 #define image_set_hdr_l(f) \ 479 #define image_set_hdr_l(f) \
451 static inline void image_set_##f(image_header_t *hdr, uint32_t val) \ 480 static inline void image_set_##f(image_header_t *hdr, uint32_t val) \
452 { \ 481 { \
453 hdr->ih_##f = cpu_to_uimage(val); \ 482 hdr->ih_##f = cpu_to_uimage(val); \
454 } 483 }
455 image_set_hdr_l(magic) /* image_set_magic */ 484 image_set_hdr_l(magic) /* image_set_magic */
456 image_set_hdr_l(hcrc) /* image_set_hcrc */ 485 image_set_hdr_l(hcrc) /* image_set_hcrc */
457 image_set_hdr_l(time) /* image_set_time */ 486 image_set_hdr_l(time) /* image_set_time */
458 image_set_hdr_l(size) /* image_set_size */ 487 image_set_hdr_l(size) /* image_set_size */
459 image_set_hdr_l(load) /* image_set_load */ 488 image_set_hdr_l(load) /* image_set_load */
460 image_set_hdr_l(ep) /* image_set_ep */ 489 image_set_hdr_l(ep) /* image_set_ep */
461 image_set_hdr_l(dcrc) /* image_set_dcrc */ 490 image_set_hdr_l(dcrc) /* image_set_dcrc */
462 491
463 #define image_set_hdr_b(f) \ 492 #define image_set_hdr_b(f) \
464 static inline void image_set_##f(image_header_t *hdr, uint8_t val) \ 493 static inline void image_set_##f(image_header_t *hdr, uint8_t val) \
465 { \ 494 { \
466 hdr->ih_##f = val; \ 495 hdr->ih_##f = val; \
467 } 496 }
468 image_set_hdr_b(os) /* image_set_os */ 497 image_set_hdr_b(os) /* image_set_os */
469 image_set_hdr_b(arch) /* image_set_arch */ 498 image_set_hdr_b(arch) /* image_set_arch */
470 image_set_hdr_b(type) /* image_set_type */ 499 image_set_hdr_b(type) /* image_set_type */
471 image_set_hdr_b(comp) /* image_set_comp */ 500 image_set_hdr_b(comp) /* image_set_comp */
472 501
473 static inline void image_set_name(image_header_t *hdr, const char *name) 502 static inline void image_set_name(image_header_t *hdr, const char *name)
474 { 503 {
475 strncpy(image_get_name(hdr), name, IH_NMLEN); 504 strncpy(image_get_name(hdr), name, IH_NMLEN);
476 } 505 }
477 506
478 int image_check_hcrc(const image_header_t *hdr); 507 int image_check_hcrc(const image_header_t *hdr);
479 int image_check_dcrc(const image_header_t *hdr); 508 int image_check_dcrc(const image_header_t *hdr);
480 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC 509 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC
481 ulong getenv_bootm_low(void); 510 ulong getenv_bootm_low(void);
482 phys_size_t getenv_bootm_size(void); 511 phys_size_t getenv_bootm_size(void);
483 phys_size_t getenv_bootm_mapsize(void); 512 phys_size_t getenv_bootm_mapsize(void);
484 void memmove_wd(void *to, void *from, size_t len, ulong chunksz); 513 void memmove_wd(void *to, void *from, size_t len, ulong chunksz);
485 #endif 514 #endif
486 515
487 static inline int image_check_magic(const image_header_t *hdr) 516 static inline int image_check_magic(const image_header_t *hdr)
488 { 517 {
489 return (image_get_magic(hdr) == IH_MAGIC); 518 return (image_get_magic(hdr) == IH_MAGIC);
490 } 519 }
491 static inline int image_check_type(const image_header_t *hdr, uint8_t type) 520 static inline int image_check_type(const image_header_t *hdr, uint8_t type)
492 { 521 {
493 return (image_get_type(hdr) == type); 522 return (image_get_type(hdr) == type);
494 } 523 }
495 static inline int image_check_arch(const image_header_t *hdr, uint8_t arch) 524 static inline int image_check_arch(const image_header_t *hdr, uint8_t arch)
496 { 525 {
497 return (image_get_arch(hdr) == arch); 526 return (image_get_arch(hdr) == arch);
498 } 527 }
499 static inline int image_check_os(const image_header_t *hdr, uint8_t os) 528 static inline int image_check_os(const image_header_t *hdr, uint8_t os)
500 { 529 {
501 return (image_get_os(hdr) == os); 530 return (image_get_os(hdr) == os);
502 } 531 }
503 532
504 ulong image_multi_count(const image_header_t *hdr); 533 ulong image_multi_count(const image_header_t *hdr);
505 void image_multi_getimg(const image_header_t *hdr, ulong idx, 534 void image_multi_getimg(const image_header_t *hdr, ulong idx,
506 ulong *data, ulong *len); 535 ulong *data, ulong *len);
507 536
508 void image_print_contents(const void *hdr); 537 void image_print_contents(const void *hdr);
509 538
510 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC 539 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC
511 static inline int image_check_target_arch(const image_header_t *hdr) 540 static inline int image_check_target_arch(const image_header_t *hdr)
512 { 541 {
513 #ifndef IH_ARCH_DEFAULT 542 #ifndef IH_ARCH_DEFAULT
514 # error "please define IH_ARCH_DEFAULT in your arch asm/u-boot.h" 543 # error "please define IH_ARCH_DEFAULT in your arch asm/u-boot.h"
515 #endif 544 #endif
516 return image_check_arch(hdr, IH_ARCH_DEFAULT); 545 return image_check_arch(hdr, IH_ARCH_DEFAULT);
517 } 546 }
518 #endif /* USE_HOSTCC */ 547 #endif /* USE_HOSTCC */
519 548
520 /*******************************************************************/ 549 /*******************************************************************/
521 /* New uImage format specific code (prefixed with fit_) */ 550 /* New uImage format specific code (prefixed with fit_) */
522 /*******************************************************************/ 551 /*******************************************************************/
523 #if defined(CONFIG_FIT) 552 #if defined(CONFIG_FIT)
524 553
525 #define FIT_IMAGES_PATH "/images" 554 #define FIT_IMAGES_PATH "/images"
526 #define FIT_CONFS_PATH "/configurations" 555 #define FIT_CONFS_PATH "/configurations"
527 556
528 /* hash node */ 557 /* hash node */
529 #define FIT_HASH_NODENAME "hash" 558 #define FIT_HASH_NODENAME "hash"
530 #define FIT_ALGO_PROP "algo" 559 #define FIT_ALGO_PROP "algo"
531 #define FIT_VALUE_PROP "value" 560 #define FIT_VALUE_PROP "value"
532 #define FIT_IGNORE_PROP "uboot-ignore" 561 #define FIT_IGNORE_PROP "uboot-ignore"
533 562
534 /* image node */ 563 /* image node */
535 #define FIT_DATA_PROP "data" 564 #define FIT_DATA_PROP "data"
536 #define FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP "timestamp" 565 #define FIT_TIMESTAMP_PROP "timestamp"
537 #define FIT_DESC_PROP "description" 566 #define FIT_DESC_PROP "description"
538 #define FIT_ARCH_PROP "arch" 567 #define FIT_ARCH_PROP "arch"
539 #define FIT_TYPE_PROP "type" 568 #define FIT_TYPE_PROP "type"
540 #define FIT_OS_PROP "os" 569 #define FIT_OS_PROP "os"
541 #define FIT_COMP_PROP "compression" 570 #define FIT_COMP_PROP "compression"
542 #define FIT_ENTRY_PROP "entry" 571 #define FIT_ENTRY_PROP "entry"
543 #define FIT_LOAD_PROP "load" 572 #define FIT_LOAD_PROP "load"
544 573
545 /* configuration node */ 574 /* configuration node */
546 #define FIT_KERNEL_PROP "kernel" 575 #define FIT_KERNEL_PROP "kernel"
547 #define FIT_RAMDISK_PROP "ramdisk" 576 #define FIT_RAMDISK_PROP "ramdisk"
548 #define FIT_FDT_PROP "fdt" 577 #define FIT_FDT_PROP "fdt"
549 #define FIT_DEFAULT_PROP "default" 578 #define FIT_DEFAULT_PROP "default"
550 579
551 #define FIT_MAX_HASH_LEN 20 /* max(crc32_len(4), sha1_len(20)) */ 580 #define FIT_MAX_HASH_LEN 20 /* max(crc32_len(4), sha1_len(20)) */
552 581
553 /* cmdline argument format parsing */ 582 /* cmdline argument format parsing */
554 int fit_parse_conf(const char *spec, ulong addr_curr, 583 int fit_parse_conf(const char *spec, ulong addr_curr,
555 ulong *addr, const char **conf_name); 584 ulong *addr, const char **conf_name);
556 int fit_parse_subimage(const char *spec, ulong addr_curr, 585 int fit_parse_subimage(const char *spec, ulong addr_curr,
557 ulong *addr, const char **image_name); 586 ulong *addr, const char **image_name);
558 587
559 void fit_print_contents(const void *fit); 588 void fit_print_contents(const void *fit);
560 void fit_image_print(const void *fit, int noffset, const char *p); 589 void fit_image_print(const void *fit, int noffset, const char *p);
561 590
562 /** 591 /**
563 * fit_get_end - get FIT image size 592 * fit_get_end - get FIT image size
564 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 593 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
565 * 594 *
566 * returns: 595 * returns:
567 * size of the FIT image (blob) in memory 596 * size of the FIT image (blob) in memory
568 */ 597 */
569 static inline ulong fit_get_size(const void *fit) 598 static inline ulong fit_get_size(const void *fit)
570 { 599 {
571 return fdt_totalsize(fit); 600 return fdt_totalsize(fit);
572 } 601 }
573 602
574 /** 603 /**
575 * fit_get_end - get FIT image end 604 * fit_get_end - get FIT image end
576 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 605 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
577 * 606 *
578 * returns: 607 * returns:
579 * end address of the FIT image (blob) in memory 608 * end address of the FIT image (blob) in memory
580 */ 609 */
581 static inline ulong fit_get_end(const void *fit) 610 static inline ulong fit_get_end(const void *fit)
582 { 611 {
583 return (ulong)fit + fdt_totalsize(fit); 612 return (ulong)fit + fdt_totalsize(fit);
584 } 613 }
585 614
586 /** 615 /**
587 * fit_get_name - get FIT node name 616 * fit_get_name - get FIT node name
588 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header 617 * @fit: pointer to the FIT format image header
589 * 618 *
590 * returns: 619 * returns:
591 * NULL, on error 620 * NULL, on error
592 * pointer to node name, on success 621 * pointer to node name, on success
593 */ 622 */
594 static inline const char *fit_get_name(const void *fit_hdr, 623 static inline const char *fit_get_name(const void *fit_hdr,
595 int noffset, int *len) 624 int noffset, int *len)
596 { 625 {
597 return fdt_get_name(fit_hdr, noffset, len); 626 return fdt_get_name(fit_hdr, noffset, len);
598 } 627 }
599 628
600 int fit_get_desc(const void *fit, int noffset, char **desc); 629 int fit_get_desc(const void *fit, int noffset, char **desc);
601 int fit_get_timestamp(const void *fit, int noffset, time_t *timestamp); 630 int fit_get_timestamp(const void *fit, int noffset, time_t *timestamp);
602 631
603 int fit_image_get_node(const void *fit, const char *image_uname); 632 int fit_image_get_node(const void *fit, const char *image_uname);
604 int fit_image_get_os(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *os); 633 int fit_image_get_os(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *os);
605 int fit_image_get_arch(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *arch); 634 int fit_image_get_arch(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *arch);
606 int fit_image_get_type(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *type); 635 int fit_image_get_type(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *type);
607 int fit_image_get_comp(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *comp); 636 int fit_image_get_comp(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t *comp);
608 int fit_image_get_load(const void *fit, int noffset, ulong *load); 637 int fit_image_get_load(const void *fit, int noffset, ulong *load);
609 int fit_image_get_entry(const void *fit, int noffset, ulong *entry); 638 int fit_image_get_entry(const void *fit, int noffset, ulong *entry);
610 int fit_image_get_data(const void *fit, int noffset, 639 int fit_image_get_data(const void *fit, int noffset,
611 const void **data, size_t *size); 640 const void **data, size_t *size);
612 641
613 int fit_image_hash_get_algo(const void *fit, int noffset, char **algo); 642 int fit_image_hash_get_algo(const void *fit, int noffset, char **algo);
614 int fit_image_hash_get_value(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t **value, 643 int fit_image_hash_get_value(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t **value,
615 int *value_len); 644 int *value_len);
616 645
617 int fit_set_timestamp(void *fit, int noffset, time_t timestamp); 646 int fit_set_timestamp(void *fit, int noffset, time_t timestamp);
618 647
619 /** 648 /**
620 * fit_add_verification_data() - Calculate and add hashes to FIT 649 * fit_add_verification_data() - Calculate and add hashes to FIT
621 * 650 *
622 * @fit: Fit image to process 651 * @fit: Fit image to process
623 * @return 0 if ok, <0 for error 652 * @return 0 if ok, <0 for error
624 */ 653 */
625 int fit_add_verification_data(void *fit); 654 int fit_add_verification_data(void *fit);
626 655
627 int fit_image_verify(const void *fit, int noffset); 656 int fit_image_verify(const void *fit, int noffset);
628 int fit_all_image_verify(const void *fit); 657 int fit_all_image_verify(const void *fit);
629 int fit_image_check_os(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t os); 658 int fit_image_check_os(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t os);
630 int fit_image_check_arch(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t arch); 659 int fit_image_check_arch(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t arch);
631 int fit_image_check_type(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t type); 660 int fit_image_check_type(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t type);
632 int fit_image_check_comp(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t comp); 661 int fit_image_check_comp(const void *fit, int noffset, uint8_t comp);
633 int fit_check_format(const void *fit); 662 int fit_check_format(const void *fit);
634 663
635 int fit_conf_find_compat(const void *fit, const void *fdt); 664 int fit_conf_find_compat(const void *fit, const void *fdt);
636 int fit_conf_get_node(const void *fit, const char *conf_uname); 665 int fit_conf_get_node(const void *fit, const char *conf_uname);
637 int fit_conf_get_kernel_node(const void *fit, int noffset); 666 int fit_conf_get_kernel_node(const void *fit, int noffset);
638 int fit_conf_get_ramdisk_node(const void *fit, int noffset); 667 int fit_conf_get_ramdisk_node(const void *fit, int noffset);
639 int fit_conf_get_fdt_node(const void *fit, int noffset); 668 int fit_conf_get_fdt_node(const void *fit, int noffset);
640 669
641 /** 670 /**
642 * fit_conf_get_prop_node() - Get node refered to by a configuration 671 * fit_conf_get_prop_node() - Get node refered to by a configuration
643 * @fit: FIT to check 672 * @fit: FIT to check
644 * @noffset: Offset of conf@xxx node to check 673 * @noffset: Offset of conf@xxx node to check
645 * @prop_name: Property to read from the conf node 674 * @prop_name: Property to read from the conf node
646 * 675 *
647 * The conf@ nodes contain references to other nodes, using properties 676 * The conf@ nodes contain references to other nodes, using properties
648 * like 'kernel = "kernel@1"'. Given such a property name (e.g. "kernel"), 677 * like 'kernel = "kernel@1"'. Given such a property name (e.g. "kernel"),
649 * return the offset of the node referred to (e.g. offset of node 678 * return the offset of the node referred to (e.g. offset of node
650 * "/images/kernel@1". 679 * "/images/kernel@1".
651 */ 680 */
652 int fit_conf_get_prop_node(const void *fit, int noffset, 681 int fit_conf_get_prop_node(const void *fit, int noffset,
653 const char *prop_name); 682 const char *prop_name);
654 683
655 void fit_conf_print(const void *fit, int noffset, const char *p); 684 void fit_conf_print(const void *fit, int noffset, const char *p);
656 685
657 int fit_check_ramdisk(const void *fit, int os_noffset, 686 int fit_check_ramdisk(const void *fit, int os_noffset,
658 uint8_t arch, int verify); 687 uint8_t arch, int verify);
659 688
660 int calculate_hash(const void *data, int data_len, const char *algo, 689 int calculate_hash(const void *data, int data_len, const char *algo,
661 uint8_t *value, int *value_len); 690 uint8_t *value, int *value_len);
662 691
663 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC 692 #ifndef USE_HOSTCC
664 static inline int fit_image_check_target_arch(const void *fdt, int node) 693 static inline int fit_image_check_target_arch(const void *fdt, int node)
665 { 694 {
666 return fit_image_check_arch(fdt, node, IH_ARCH_DEFAULT); 695 return fit_image_check_arch(fdt, node, IH_ARCH_DEFAULT);
667 } 696 }
668 #endif /* USE_HOSTCC */ 697 #endif /* USE_HOSTCC */
669 698
670 #ifdef CONFIG_FIT_VERBOSE 699 #ifdef CONFIG_FIT_VERBOSE
671 #define fit_unsupported(msg) printf("! %s:%d " \ 700 #define fit_unsupported(msg) printf("! %s:%d " \
672 "FIT images not supported for '%s'\n", \ 701 "FIT images not supported for '%s'\n", \
673 __FILE__, __LINE__, (msg)) 702 __FILE__, __LINE__, (msg))
674 703
675 #define fit_unsupported_reset(msg) printf("! %s:%d " \ 704 #define fit_unsupported_reset(msg) printf("! %s:%d " \
676 "FIT images not supported for '%s' " \ 705 "FIT images not supported for '%s' " \
677 "- must reset board to recover!\n", \ 706 "- must reset board to recover!\n", \
678 __FILE__, __LINE__, (msg)) 707 __FILE__, __LINE__, (msg))
679 #else 708 #else
680 #define fit_unsupported(msg) 709 #define fit_unsupported(msg)
681 #define fit_unsupported_reset(msg) 710 #define fit_unsupported_reset(msg)
682 #endif /* CONFIG_FIT_VERBOSE */ 711 #endif /* CONFIG_FIT_VERBOSE */
683 #endif /* CONFIG_FIT */ 712 #endif /* CONFIG_FIT */
684 713
685 #endif /* __IMAGE_H__ */ 714 #endif /* __IMAGE_H__ */
686 715